11 класс Ч2

ВСЕРОССИЙСКАЯ АКАДЕМИЯ
ВНЕШНЕЙ ТОРГОВЛИ
Минэкономразвития России
________________________________________________________________________________
Кафедра английского языка факультета
экономистов-международников
Ю.Г. Александрова
LIGHTHOUSE
Часть 2
Учебное пособие для школьников
11 класса лицея 1574
Москва
ВАВТ
2011
ВСЕРОССИЙСКАЯ АКАДЕМИЯ
ВНЕШНЕЙ ТОРГОВЛИ
Минэкономразвития России
________________________________________________________________________________
Кафедра английского языка факультета
экономистов-международников
Ю.Г. Александрова
LIGHTHOUSE
Часть 2
Учебное пособие для школьников

11 класса лицея 1574
Рекомендовано кафедрой
протокол заседания
№2 от 15 октября 2010 года
Одобрено Редакционно-издательским Советом ВАВТ
Москва
ВАВТ
2011
УДК 811.111
ББК 81.2 Англ.
А - 465
Александрова Ю.Г.
А - 465 LIGHTHOUSE Часть 2: Учебное пособие для школьников 11 класса
лицея 1574/ Ю.Г. Александрова; Всероссийская академия внешней
торговли Минэкономразвития России. - М.: ВАВТ, 2011. - 139 c.
Учебное пособие ‘Lighthouse’ предназначено для учащихся 11 класса и

ставит целью закрепление лексического и грамматического материала,
соответствующего уровню Intermediate, а также подготовку к единому
государственному экзамену по английскому языку. Учебное пособие
состоит из 2-х частей, каждая из которых содержит лексические и
грамматические упражнения. Пособие имеет чёткую структуру, удобно
в обращении и может использоваться как в аудитории, так и для
самостоятельной работы учащихся.
УДК 811.111
ББК 81.2 Англ.
©ВАВТ Минэкономразвития России, 2011.

Александрова Ю.Г., 2011.
Учебное пособие по английскому языку для учащихся 11 класса лицея 1574. Часть 2
Contents:
Topic 7. Fashion and Design................................................. 5

Topic 8. Entertainment. Music............................................... 15
Topic 9. Work and Business.................................................... 31
Topic 10. English-speaking countries.................................... 49
Topic 11. Illnesses and Treatment. Healthy Life Style. Age 61
Topic 12. Save the planet...................................................... 82
Grammar Focus...................................................................... 89
3
TOPIC 7. FASHION AND DESIGN.

1. Several phrases have been removed from the text. Fill in the gaps with the suitable
phrases. There is one extra phrase.
A. Where there is no real practical need for it.

B. because more people started to follow fashion
C. who does not feel the need to wear a suit and tie
D. where they otherwise would have been unable to cope with the climate
E. because many women now wear what were once men’s clothes
F. as the cultures of the world mix
G. whether a person is a member of a particular group or organization
Clothing is a distinctly human artifact. Even more that the use of tools, it distinguishes humans
from the other creatures on this planet. The basic purpose of clothing was originally practical. By
putting on a skin, humans were able to move into regions 1 ________________. An example of
this use of clothing can be seen among the Eskimos, and other people who live with extreme cold.
However, clothing was not only used for protection, but has also been a means of displaying one’s
status. Thus clothing also developed in countries 2 ____________.
Clothing tells us many things about the wearer. It can be used to indicate 3 ___________. The
most extreme example of this type of clothing is a uniform. A dress code is very important in
business. It is a rare businessman 4 ____________. Most politicians also try to be neat and well-
dressed.
The significance of what we wear is becoming more important 5 _____________. There have
been cases on holiday islands where the locals have been outraged by foreign visitors – especially
female visitors – who wear far less that the minimum that the locals consider decent. Actually, the
signals given by clothing as worn by men and women have decreased 6 _________. For example,
today most women are very comfortable wearing jeans. Yet the sight of a man in a dress would
raise eyebrows in most western cultures.
Clothing is very important in our society. So it is highly unlikely that there will be no use for
clothing in the future, unless humanity evolves into a completely new species.
1 2 3 4 5 6
2. Read the text in exercise 1 and be ready to answer the teacher’s questions.
♫3. You will hear 6 people talking about men and fashion. Match the things people say 1-6
with the statements A-G . There is one extra statement. (Oxford tests test 3)
A Men are nervous about clothes.

B Women want approval of what they wear but men don’t.
C Men don’t want to go to lots of places looking for clothes.
D Men don’t like to change the sort of clothes they wear.
E I dislike a lot of new fashions for men.
F My attitude to fashion has changed.
G Fashions for men remain almost the same.
1 2 3 4 5 6
4
4. You and Your Clothes. Answer the questions.
Buying them:
Where do you prefer buying clothes from: department stores, chain stores, or boutiques?
Do you ever buy clothes on-line or by mail order?
Do you often shop in the sales?
Do you enjoy window-shopping?
Do you always try things on before you buy them?
Do you like any of the latest fashion?
Have you ever bought something that you later decided didn’t suit you?
Is there any item of clothing you hate shopping for?
Wearing them:
If something was out of fashion, would you wear it?
How often do you normally get changed during the day?
Do you like dressing up?
What materials do you most like wearing?
What kind of clothes do you prefer, patterned or plain?
Do you normally hang clothes up when you take them off, or just leave them lying around?
When do you usually wear …?
a) gloves b) slippers c) a cap d) a dressing-gown e)a tracksuit f) high-heeled shoes
♫5. You are going to listen to a journalist for the mens’ fashion magazine, CHAPS, stopping
the four men in the street and asking them about their self-images. Note down their answers
to the following questions: (Inside Out UI Unit 1)
Journalist: I’d like to know what your clothes say about you.
Charles: ______________________________________________________________________
Journalist: Would you say you care about your image?
Charles: ______________________________________________________________________
Journalist: Could you tell me what image you’re trying to achieve?

Rick: ________________________________________________________________________
Journalist: Would you say that you’re aware of fashion?
Rick: ________________________________________________________________________
Journalist: I’d like to know whether your appearance affects your life in any way.
Alan: ________________________________________________________________________
Journalist: Could you tell me what the last thing you bought was?
Alan: ________________________________________________________________________
Journalist: Do you mind telling me what you wear to go out in the evening?
Matt: ________________________________________________________________________
Journalist: I’d just like to know if there’s an item of clothing you couldn’t live without.
Matt: ________________________________________________________________________
6. Now work in pairs and ask each other some of the questions.
7. Think of a favourite item of clothes or accessory which you have bought. You are going to
speak about it. The questions below may help you.
What is it?
What does it look like?
What does it feel like?
5
How long have you had it?

Which shop did you buy it in?
Was it very expensive?
Do you think it was worth the money?
How often do you wear it?
Do you have any memories associated with it?
Have you ever lent it to someone?
How would you feel if you lost it?
What do you like best about it?
8. Some clothes and accessories are used in the idioms. Read the following idioms and find an
item of clothing or an accessory in each idiom:
a) Don’t get shirty with me – I was only trying to help.
b) I’m sorry, I didn’t mean to offend you. It was just an off the cuff remark.
c) If you want to pass that exam, you’ll have to buckle down to work very soon.
d) It’s so obvious when Claire ‘s in love – she wears her heart on her sleeve.
e) We’re saving up to go on holiday so we’ll have to tighten our belts for a while.
f) I haven’t seen Bill around for a while – do you think he’s been given the boot?
g) Sorry I’m late. Mike collared me after work and I couldn’t get away.
h) I’m afraid I’ve run out of ideas – let’s ask John. He’s usually got something up his sleeve.
9. Match the expressions to these definitions:

1 to behave in a way that makes your feelings obvious
2 to spend less money
3 to stop somebody and make them listen to you
4 to have an idea or a plan
5 to say something without thinking about it first
6 to get rid of somebody
7 to start working seriously
8 to behave in a bad-tempered and rude way
10. Letter writing. This is part of a letter from Sheryl, your English pen friend, who writes:
… Do you ever argue with your parents about what you wear? My parents and I don’t seem to
agree about clothes at all! Is it important for you to be fashionable? What sort of clothes do you
like wearing? Why? Do you think I should wear what my parents tell me to? Have you got any
advice?
As for my school trip to London last week it was really wonderful.
Looking forward to hearing from you soon.
Love,
Sheryl
Write back to Sheryl answering her questions and asking her about her trip to London.
Write 100-140 words. Remember the rules of letter-writing.
11. It is typical of teenagers to wear outrageous clothes or accessories. But there are some
adults who do the same thing. How would you feel if your parents wore such clothes?
Read the text and learn what Isadora thought of her mother. For questions 1-5, choose the
answer (A,B,C or D) which you think fits best according to the text.
6
My mother always smelled of expensive French perfumes, and she didn’t cook much. When I
try to summarize the basic lessons she taught me about life, I come up with this:
1 Above all never be ordinary.
2 The world is a fiercely competitive place: Eat faster!
‘Ordinary’ was the worst insult she could find for anything. I remember her taking me shopping
and the look of scorn with which she would freeze the shop assistants when they suggested that
some dress or pair of shoes was ‘very popular – we’ve sold fifty already this week.’ That was all
she needed to hear.
‘No’, she would say, ‘we’re not interested in that. Haven’t you got something a little more
unusual?’ And then the assistant would bring out all the strange colours no one else would buy –
stuff which would have had to be sold off cheaply at sale-time at the end of the season but not for
my mother. And later she and I would argue fiercely because I wanted to be ordinary as
desperately as my mother wanted to be unusual.
‘I can’t stand that hair-do’ (she said when I went to the hairdresser with my friend and came
back with a pageboy haircut straight out of Seventeen magazine), ‘it’s so terribly ordinary.’ Not
ugly, not unsuitable. But ordinary. Ordinariness was something you had to do everything possible
to avoid. One way was to repaint and refurnish your house frequently. Actually my mother thought
that all the house designers and painters (as well as clothes designers) in America had organized
themselves into a spy ring to discover her most recent ideas for houses or dressmaking and
suddenly make them popular. And it was true that she had a gift for sensing what would become
fashionable (or did I only imagine this?). She painted and furnished the house in antique gold just
before antique gold became the most popular colour for carpets and curtains. Then she protested
that everyone had ‘stolen’ her ideas.
She had pink and red towels in the bathroom when pink and red was still considered a very
strange colour combination. Her fear of ordinariness came out most strongly in her clothes.
‘Couldn’t you please wear something else?’ I pleaded her when she was dressing for Parents’
Day in tight-fitting bullfighter’s pants and a bright pink sweater, with a Mexican cape.
‘What’s wrong with what I’m wearing?’
What wasn’t wrong with it!
‘It’s just that I wish you’d wear something more plain’ I said sheepishly, ‘something that people
won’t stare at.’
She looked at me angrily and drew herself up to her full height of five feet ten inches.
‘ Are you ashamed of your own mother? Because if you, Isadora, I feel sorry for you. I really do.’
1. One of the things that Isadora remembers about her mother is

A the food she cooked
B the perfume she used
C the way she ate
D the magazines she read
2. What did the shop assistants expect Isadora’s mother to want?

A Something really unusual
B Styles they had sold out
C Clothes that were cheap
D The most popular clothes
3. When Isadora had her hair cut in a pageboy hair-cut style her mother
A was very angry
B disliked it
C told her to change it
D thought it was childish
7
4. As far as fashion and house-furnishing were concerned, Isadora’s mother believed that
A professional designers wanted to copy her ideas
B highly fashionable things were best
C she would never be in fashion
D gold and pink and red were a good colour combination
5. What did Isadora feel about her mother’s clothes on Parents’ Day?
A Afraid B Sad C Embarrassed D Proud
PUNK
Today punks are part of London’s tourist scene. But who were the early punks and where did those
fantastic hairdos come from?
In American English, the word punk is often used to describe someone 1___________________.
In Britain the word was borrowed to describe a new group of people 2__________________. They
were a mixture of art students, hippies, and followers of fashion,
3_________________________________. They were fans of loud, fast and tuneless music
4_________________________, and the hair and clothing was designed to do the same.
One feature of early punks was that they cut their own hair and styled it themselves. In the days
before hair gel they used anything and everything to make their hair stiff. Sugar, toothpaste,
washing-up liquid, butter, oil, glue, soap, orange and lemon juice, and even egg white were all
used. The clothes were also “D.I.Y.’ and punks spent hours tearing their jeans and jackets and
creating the punk look with safety pins, studs, bicycle chains, paper clips, and anything they could
find.
By 1977, punk music was at the top of the hit parade and the punk ‘look’ was high fashion.
Fashion designer Zandra Rhodes produced a collection of clothing based entirely on the punk
look, and you could have your hair done in punk styles in hairdressers’ all over Britain. In one
London hairdresser’s, people had words like ‘rebel’ and figures like ‘999’ cut into their hair, and
some people even had safety pins and arrows put into their hair style.
By the end of the seventies, rock music had moved into a post-punk era. However,
5_____________________, the Great British punk became a tourist attraction. If you wanted to
see punks, you came to London, where, in Sloane Square, you could have your picture taken with
friendly boys and girls in torn leather and fantastic coloured haircuts.
Today’s haircuts are far more exaggerated and colourful 6 ___________________________.
These haircuts have been created for American cameras and Japanese television crews, and punk
rockers are one of the few youth movements to have sold themselves in this way. The original
violent movement, 7_________________________, is a thing of the past.
A which changed the way many people looked and felt

B instead of disappearing like many youth cults before them
C which tried to shock with violent lyrics
D who is immoral and worthless.
E than an average person can imagine
F who rejected conventional styles of dress
G who first appeared in the early 1970s.
H than anything that existed during the early punk era
13. Answer the questions:

a. Complete this summary of the text: In its first phase, punk was a rejection of ___________. By
1977, punk was ____________________. Today punk is ________________.
b. Why did the early punks make their hair stiff with strange things like toothpaste?
8
c. Why are today’s punk hairdos ‘more colourful and exaggerated’ than earlier ones?
d. Why do some young people have their hair done in strange ways? What do you think of punks
and people like them?
14. People can draw other people’s attention not only by outrageous clothes and extravagant
hairdos, but by tattoos. Read the text and сircle the right answer A,B,C or D.
Tattooing has been around for thousands of years. The act of making a permanent design or mark
on the body was originally thought to (1) _________________ magical protection against disease
and misfortune. Later, it was used to show a person’s (2) _______________status. The Romans,
for example, (3) ________________ to tattoo slaves and criminals. With the (4)
_____________________ of Christianity in Europe, tattooing was forbidden. It virtually (5)
___________ out for hundreds of years, until European explorers came into (6)
____________________ with American Indians and Polynesians in the 17th and 18th centuries.
Sailors would return from long (7) __________________, decorated with large and elaborate
designs. Many of these sailors later joined circuses, and (8) _______________ a living by showing
their tattoos to the public.
Nowadays, tattooing is (9) _______________ as unusual, nor as popular as it once was. Tattoo
parlours do (10)______________, but most people are unwilling to go (11) _________________
the rather painful procedure. On the other hand, (12) ______________ tattoos are becoming
increasingly common. The design, which (13)______________________ for three to six weeks, is
painted painlessly onto the skin.
Other people still (14) ________________ the original, permanent techniques, of course. The
world record for the most-tattooed person is (15) __________________ by Tom Leppard from
Scotland. His leopard-skin design covers 99.2% of his body surface!
1 A prove B do C make D provide

2 A senior B society C communal D social
3 A used B were C could D would
4 A coming B arrival C departure D leaving
5 A died B wore C left D went
6 A touch B communication C meeting D contact
7 A travels B sails C voyages D explorers
8 A paid B worked C did D earned
9 A nowhere B nor C neither D no
10 A be B live C exist D stay
11 A through B along C under D with
12 A short B temporary C part-time D momentary
13 A lasts B takes C endures D is
14 A rather B wish C elect D prefer
15 A kept B made C held D reached
♫15. You are going to listen to two people:
Princess Mary Sapieha is from Poland. Now in Tito Lombardo is half English-half Italian. He
her 80s, she was well-known society beauty has been living and working in Catania in
when she was young. Sicily since 1998.
Listen. What do they say about … ?
Princess Mary
Women’s dresses
Platform shoes
High-heeled shoes
9
Her hair
Tito Lombardo
Today’s designers
What he loves about today’s fashion
A coat
Wearing uncomfortable clothes
16. Read the text CLOTHES TO DIE FOR. Choose suitable headings for the seven
paragraphs of the text from this list. There is one extra heading.
A dangerous make-up
B comfortable shoes at last
C men’s clothes popular with the women
D killed by an article of clothing
E a new illness, caused by clothes
F going hand in hand
G women’s clothes worn by men
H clothes banned in a UK school
►1________________________________________________
‘Put fashion second and your health first, because your legs your legs have to last you all your life
, whereas a fashion will disappear in five minutes.’ This was said by an orthopaedic specialist,
after a British headmaster banned his pupils from wearing platform trainers. He was worried that
they would break their ankles.
►2 ________________________________________________
The problem is that in many cases, the more fashionable something is, the more uncomfortable or
even dangerous it is to wear. Perhaps the earliest fashions ‘to die for’ (literally) were conceived in
post-revolutionary France. Women then wore thin linen dresses which they had to wet to make
them take on the shape of their bodies. They then went out in all kinds of weather with the wet
clothes on. The result of this fashion was a new illness, linen flu, which led to many premature
deaths. In Victorian times women’s clothes could also prove fatal. Their corsets were so tight that
most women had severe digestive problems, while the incredibly wide dresses regularly caused the
death of fashionable young women. As they walked past open fireplaces, their dresses frequently
caught fire, and nobody could get close enough to them to put the fire out.
►3_________________________________________________
It is not just women who have suffered for fashion. Men have had to put up with their share of
discomfort too. Think of the 17th century men in Europe with their heavy wigs (still worn by
lawyers today), tight corsets 9yes, men too) and high-heeled shoes walking or trying to walk,
around St Jams Palace and Versailles. But little can compare with the heavy ruffs worn at the time;
moving the neck needed serious planning if you didn’t want to be cut to pieces.
►4_________________________________________________
In the 18th century the zinc-based make-up used to whiten the faces of both men and women left
their skin destroyed by the time they were 30. And at this time women wore their hair so
dangerously high that they had to kneel down to get into a coach or carriage.
►5_________________________________________________
In the 1920s men’s trousers, called ‘Oxford bags’, were so wide that men frequently tripped over
in them, just like hippies in their flares 50 years later. To try to cycle in them was to risk serious
10
injury. But cyclists didn’t usually suffer as much as the dancer, Isadora Duncan, whose beautiful
long scarf, high fashion at the time, caught in the wheel of her sports car and strangled her.
►6 __________________________________________________
Probably the part of the body that has suffered most through history are the feet. For centuries
nobody knew how to shape shoes to the foot. Shoes were straight, and to be worn on either foot.
They were agony. It was not until 1865 that shoes were designed for right and left feet!
►7 __________________________________________________
So the discomforts and dangers we put up with today are nothing compared to some of the killers
from the past. And anyway, as a famous French designer once said: ‘Real fashion – it’s agony, ma
chérie, but it’s always worth it.’
17. Read the text again carefully. Find words or phrases which mean:
On the other hand(1)-
Didn’t allow(1)-
Caused(2)-
Extinguish(2)-
Endure/tolerate(3)-
Cut many times(3)-
Go down on one or both knees(4)-
Catch your foot and fall(5)-
Kill by squeezing the neck(5)-
Good to do even if it means extra effort(7)-
18. You are going to read an extract from an article. For questions 1-7, choose the answer
(A,B,C or D) which you think fits best according to the text.
Fashion has always been important to the Spanish but until recently they haven’t had a home-
grown fashion industry and have imported most of their clothing. All that is changing now,
however. The Spanish government is busily promoting the clothing and fashion sectors of the
textile industry. Their ultimate goal is to make their fashion products so well regarded on the
international market because of their quality, that this success will spread to other product areas
and export markets.
Spain is starting from scratch when you compare it with fashionable competitors like Italy and
France. But there is activity everywhere. The government has set up organizations to support the
fashion industry, organizing projects such as combined efforts between fashion designers and
people in business. The country holds fairs twice a year, the Cibeles in Madrid, and the Gaudi in
Barcelona. There is also a children’s fair in Valencia which further demonstrates Spaniards’
creative progress to international fashion buyers.
The government is trying to create an environment where fashion and textile designers have an
opportunity to prosper. Talented companies and designers can succeed in Spain but although there
is much creativity, there is a lack of managerial experience. Some people still do not believe
enough is being done, and point to Italy where they believe there are far better chances for
designers to succeed. One highly regarded Spanish designer is now manufacturing her entire line
of clothing in partnership with an Italian company. The problem, as some see it, is that the amount
of money being provided by the Spanish government is still not enough. People in the fashion
industry know they will not be able to make an impression in foreign countries unless government
funding is increased.
Nevertheless, much progress is being done. While the exclusive salons are in the larger cities,
studios and boutiques are opening throughout Spain and many Spaniards are already involved in
exporting their clothes. Through their own efforts, designers are beginning to open shops in
11
France, Italy and Japan. But most fashion houses are quite small, and they are finding it difficult to
create the industrial and financial links needed for growth and expansion.
Many designer products are hard to make, expensive to market and sometimes difficult to sell.
But they create a better image for the industry, and you end up with higher quality products in
general. One international critic thinks that the relative youth of the Spanish industry could create
fresh and lively fashions, well able to compete with the industries in France and Italy.
1. What is the Spanish government ultimately trying to achieve?

A all Spanish products being considered of high quality
B an increase in imported clothing
C an increase in clothing sales
D a change in the manufacturing ability of the textile industry
2. Who is ahead of them in terms of fashion design?

A the Spanish government
B support organizations
C the French and Italians
D business people everywhere
3. What are the Spanish doing to show their advances in fashion?

A holding regular fashion exhibitions and shows
B sending designers to work abroad
C sending buyers abroad to buy designer clothes
D teaching business people how to design
4. What is lacking in the Spanish fashion industry?

A creative talent
B textile designers
C support from the French and Italian fashion industries
D government money
5. What are the people involved in fashion afraid of?

A the strong competition
B not having enough money for the industry to expand abroad
C not being able to influence foreigners
D not having any good, new fashion designers
6. What have some fashion designers started to do?

A establish boutiques at home and abroad
B open small boutiques in Madrid and Barcelona only
C open big shops in Europe and Japan
D obtain government support for exporting their clothes
7. Why are a lot of fashion businesses finding it hard to make partnerships?

A They are too small to find good partners.
B Their clothes are too expensive
C There are too few industries wanting to expand
D tThere are too many fashion stores abroad already
19. What do today’s fashion models look like? Do you like that look? Why / why not?
Are you influenced by fashion?
12
For questions 1-10, read the text below. Use the word given in capitals at the end of each line
to form a word that fits in the space in the same line.
ARE TODAY’S TEENAGERS VICTIMS OF FASHION?
A survey among the 1.300 pupils at Caldicot Comprehensive School,

by the fashion industry in magazines.
When asked whether super-slim fashion models influence
anorexia – the eating 1______________ in which people go without ORDER
food – 100 per cent of our sample replied “Yes”.
It’s not just our schoolmates who hold these views. We
interviewed 2___________________ Dr Glenn Waller of London’s PSYCHOLOGY
Royal Holloway College, an expert on the influence of fashion on
adolescents. He told us that fashion photographs in magazines make a
huge impact on young people’s self-image, particularly
3_______________ aged 13-19. MALE
“Young people are guided by media standards while they are
looking around for an 4__________________,” he said. ‘Magazines IDENTIFY
provide ideas and these can affect vulnerable people.”
“If women look at supermodels, who are beanpoles, they may
imagine that they 5________________are fatter than they really are. THEY
If the media used a wider range of female shapes it would be better.”
6__________________, many Caldoicot students are not victims FORTUNE
of the image-makers. Here’s what some of them said:
“If you are 7__________________ dieting, you can’t enjoy life.” CONSTANT
“ Fashion is something kids can control. It is a path many
8____________________ take to break free and have fun.” TEEN
“I find nothing attractive about six-foot models, who are two stone
9____________________; they just look ill.” WEIGH
“Friends shouldn’t write you off for wearing
10___________________clothes; if they do, they aren’t very good FASHION
friends.”
THE DAILY TELEGRAPH
20. Tick (٧ ) the six opinions which are expressed in the article. Find the sentences in the
story where they are expressed.
A True friends don’t expect you to be F Fashion models today are getting larger.
fashionable G Images of very thin models may make
B You can’t blame the fashion business for ordinary women feel fat.
anorexia. H Underweight models are unattractive.
C Clothes look better on thinner people. I Pop groups influence teenagers’ ideas about
D Dieting takes the fun out of life. fashion.
E Fashion allows teenagers to feel free and J The media should show different sizes and
have fun. shapes.
21. Who do you think are the best- and worst-dressed celebrities?
22. Read the text and fill in the gaps with the appropriate grammar form of the
corresponding word in the right column.
13
THE LLOYDS BANK FASHION CHALLENGE

Calling all 11-18 year-olds!
For the __________________ year running the Lloyds Bank Fashion Three
Challenge ________________you the chance to design for your favourite Give
celebrity and win the fashion experience of a lifetime. The Clothes Show
Live Exhibition at the NEC in Birmingham will feature the Lloyds Bank
Fashion Theatre, where a series of __________________ fashion shows will Televise
include top designs from this ______________________ competition. Year
Brief: The brief is _____________________ two outfits for a favourite Design

celebrity from one of four categories:
i Music ii TV iii Politics/Royalty iv Sports
The first outfit should be suitable for visiting the bank manager and the
second for attending a party. The designs can be
_________________________ in any medium, for example, drawing, Represent
painting, collage, etc. The main ______________________ will be Criterion
imagination, creativity and originality rather than knowledge of design and
production.
Judges: _________________ will be judged by key figures from the fashion Entry
and design industries.
Prizes: The three winners will take part in a fashion show and spend a
weekend in Paris. Thirty-three runners-up will win £ 100 for their school or
college and a trip to the Clothes Show Live Exhibition. The
_________________ outfits ____________________ in major Top Shop Win, Display
outlets across the country.
How to enter: If you are at school and would like to take part in the Lloyds
Bank Fashion Challenge, please see your Fashion Challenge teacher, who
will organize the judging of all entries from your school. Further information
can be obtained from:
Helen Chan, Lloyds Bank Fashion Challenge, PO Box 1028,
London W2 2RZ.

1. What do you have to do in the Lloyd Bank Fashion Challenge?
2. How old do you have to be to enter?
3. What will the winners get?
4. What address should you write to for further information?
5. Imagine your chosen celebrity is going to wear your outfits. Describe what she will be
wearing.
24. Comment on the following statement:
Most people believe that it’s important to look nice. However, some people say that we place too
much importance on appearance and fashion.
What can you say for and against caring about appearance and fashion? Write 200-250
words.
14
TOPIC 8. LEISURE TIME. ENTERTAINMENT. MUSIC.

1. Read the texts. Choose suitable headings for each. There is one extra heading.
A Internet
B Cinema
C Literature
D The capital of entertainment
E TV
F Museums
G Music
H Theatre
►1. ___________________
A motion picture is a series of images that are projected onto a screen to create the illusion of
motion. Motion pictures, also called movies, are one of the most popular forms of entertainment,
enabling people to immerse themselves in an imaginary world for a short period of time.
►2.____________________
The arena stage places the stage at the centre of a square or circle. Seating for the audience
surrounds the stage. This stage offers more intimacy between actor and audience, since the playing
space has no barrier separating them.
►3.____________________
The invention was a lengthy, collaborative process. An early milestone was the successful
transmission of an image in 1884 by German inventor Paul Nipkow. His mechanical system,
known as the rotating disk, was further developed by Scottish scientist John Logie Baird, who
broadcast a televised image in 1926 to an audience at the Royal Academy of Science in London.
►4.____________________
Saint Petersburg is home to some of the finest museums in the world. The most famous is the
State Hermitage Museum, founded in 1764 by Russian empress Catherine the Great as a museum
for the royal court. The Hermitage has a vast collection of Russian, Asian, and Western European
art. Other museums in the city are the Russian Museum and the Ethnographic Museum of Russia.
►5.____________________
Media and entertainment companies use it to broadcast audio and video, including live radio and
television programs. They also offer online chat groups, in which people carry on discussions
using written text, and online news and weather programs.
►6.____________________
There are several types of plots. An episodic plot features distinct episodes that are related to one
another but that can also be read individually, almost as stories by themselves. Most novels
involve more complex plots, in which the story builds on itself so that each episode evolves out of
a previous one and produces another one.
►7. ___________________
Las Vegas bills itself as the “Entertainment Capital of the World”, and tourism, gaming, and
entertainment represent a large portion of the city’s revenue. In addition to its renowned casinos,
Las Vegas attracts visitors to its outdoor shows, including simulated volcanic eruptions, pirate
duels on artificial lakes, and laser cannon displays. Indoor casino shows with world-famous
entertainers are also popular.
15
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
♫2. Listening. You are going to hear five different people talking about what they do at
weekends. Before you listen, read the statements below. As you listen, for each speaker 1-5,
decide which opinion A-F they express. There is one statement that doesn’t match any of the
speakers. (Exam Excellence Unit 10 Listening 8 22)
A The main thing is enjoying friends’ company

B I like to do as much exercise as possible.
C Films and concerts are usually fun to go to.
D I often do more at the weekends during the winter.
E There are lots of sport you can watch on TV.
F I usually do as little as possible.
1 2 3 4 5
3. Answer the following questions:

1. Do you plan what to do a long time before the weekend starts?
2. What kinds of things do you enjoy doing at weekends?
3. Do you ever just do nothing at all?
4. Do you prefer to stay in or go out?
5. Do you like spending time with your family?
4. Dialogue (3-4 minutes) You and your friend are discussing how you could spend time at the
weekend. You can:
• go to a football match
• go to a café
• watch a thriller at the cinema
• go to a music concert
• go shopping for clothes
Remember to:
• discuss all the options
• take an active part in the conversation and be polite
• come up with the ideas
• give good reasons
• find out your friend’s attitudes and take them into account
• invite your friend to come up with suggestions
• come to an agreement
5. You are going to read an article about teenagers and free time. Seven sentences have been
removed from the article. Choose from the sentences A-H the one which fits each gap (1-7).
There is one extra sentence which you do not need to use.
A When they can afford the trip, they love to travel to other cities to show their support at away
games.
B In fact, almost all of their time away from school is spent doing homework and taking lessons.
C Away from the books, they try to make sure they take time out for a little fun and entertainment.
D While some might want to get away from all the activity, he says it suits him perfectly.
E It’s a time to recharge the batteries and think things through.
F It might not sound very organized, but they wouldn’t have it any other way.
G It’s tough to keep up with it all, and the pressure is beginning to show.
16
H Most days, you’ll find him working on his website or chatting to friends online.
TIME OUT! (Andi Phillips interviewed a number of teenagers to find out just what they’re up
to when they are out having fun.)
School’s over, the homework’s done and you’ve finished any household chores you have to
do. What do you do when it’s entirely up to you? How do you fill your free time? It seems that
teenagers have a thousand and one things that they like to do, from hobbies to sports, from reading
to playing music. The young people I spoke to all had interesting things to tell me about what
today’s teens like to do.
Jemma and Julie are twins, both 16 last month. They’re good students at school and spend
a lot of time studying. 1_______________ That usually means that a free afternoon or evening for
these girls is spent at the cinema with friends.”I’m crazy about action movies,’ says Jemma.
‘They’re just so exciting!’ Julie agrees and explains that going to the cinema is almost an addiction
for them. ‘If I don’t see at least one movie at the weekend, I really feel I’ve missed something
great.’
Charlie is 15 years old and has his own ideas on how to spend his leisure time. 2
_______________ At the weekend, though, he abandons the world of technology in favour of his
other hobby – bowling! Charlie’s favourite way to upwind is to bowl for a few hours at the local
bowling alley. ‘We’ve got a nice league going, and it’s great fun. Bowling lets you escape from
the pressures of school and just enjoy yourself for a while. It’s great!’
Sean is 17 and his cousin Roger is 16. They both believe there’s only one proper leisure
activity – sport! In particular, football. Sean and Roger are both players and fans. They play for the
school team and attend as many of their local team’s games as they can. 3 _____________
Faces painted in team colours, Sean and Roger are sure to be the ones jumping up and down in
front of the camera when their team scores. ‘There’s nothing more exciting than sport,’ says Sean.
Roger adds that being a player goes hand in hand with being a fan of a professional team. ‘I can’t
imagine being one and not the other.’
Valerie and Sue are both 17 and are not very specific about what they do in their free time,
probably because they don’t actually have any hobbies! They go window shopping, maybe sit for a
drink or a quick bite to eat somewhere, and in general, just ‘hang out’. 4 ___________
‘It’s hard to say exactly what we do when we hang out, but it’s important that we get together
whener we can. We’re such good friends that we have loads of fun even if we’re just sitting in a
fast food restaurant talking!’
Fifteen-year-old Monica and her brother freddy, 14, say that they don’t have much leisure
time at all. 5 _____________ ‘It might sound sad, but in my free time I usually do something like
practice the piano. I don’t mind because I’m getting really good. One day I’ll be glad I put in the
time to learn.’ Freddy agrees and adds, ‘You don’t have to be fooling around or getting into
trouble to have fun. I’m taking karate lessons on Saturdays with two of my schoolmates and we
have a great time!’
Simon is 15 and comes from a very large family. With 6 brothers and sisters and 24
cousins, there are an awful lot of people around the house to spend time with. 6 ____________
‘I’d say most of my leisure time is spent with my family, just doing different things together.
There are so many of us coming and going from each other’s houses all the time, it’s like we’re
always having a party,’ Simon says. ‘Sure, my friends come round and we hang out sometimes,
but usually I’m doing something with someone from my family. We’re all really close to each
other.’
Judith admits she’s a bit of a loner, and says she likes to have some time to herself
everyday. 7 ____________ ‘I see my friends often enough,’ she says, ‘but I really need time alone,
although it’s not always easy to find the time to get away.’ When no one’s around Judith likes to
read or listen to music. She finds being along very relaxing. When asked if she gets lonely, she’s
very quick to point out that being alone is not the same at all as being lonely.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
17
6. Read the text LEISURE ACTIVITIES and for questions 1-15 choose the best answer
A,B,C or D.
According to a magazine article I read recently, we 1 _______ live in an age of increasing leisure.
Not only are more and more people reaching 2 __________ age with their taste for enjoyment and
even adventure relatively 3 _________ but the working week is becoming shorter and the
opportunities for 4 ____________are becoming greater and greater all the time. Not to mention the
fact that people 5 __________ to spend less time travelling to work or may even be working from
home. What I can’t understand, however, is who these people are. As far as I can 6 _________ the
whole thing is another one of 7 _________ journalistic fictions. I admit that there are a lot of
retired people 8 _________, but I am not sure that all of them are dashing about learning hang-
gliding or sailing single-handed 9 _________ the world. My own parents seem to 10 _________
most of their tiome gazing at the television. And as for the shorter working week, I wish someone
11 _________ remind my company about it. I seem to be working longer and longer hours 12
_________ the time. The little leisure time I have is eaten into by sitting in traffic jams or waiting
for trains to 13 ______ up at rain-swept platforms. I haven’t noticed any dramatic improvements in
my 14 _________ either, but perhaps I just have to wait until I get my 15 ________.
1 A presently B at the moment C now D at this time

2 A retirement B their C later D third
3 A present B survived C free D intact
4 A this B longer C leisure D people
5 A use B tend C have D demand
6 A concern B imagine C expect D tell
7 A the B those C these D some
8 A in our days B in these times C nowadays D now and again
9 A round B over C through D into
10 A have B use C the D spend
11 A would B to C had D might
12 A at B for C take D all
13 A keep B line C show D set
14 A cost of living B lifestyle C lifeline D livelihood
15 A pension B retirement C insurance D salary
7. Give a 2-minute talk on a performance, you’ve recently attended (music, theatre, dance,
etc). Remember to say:
• who you went with
• what event you went to
• why you chose this event
• what you liked (didn’t like) about it
8. Read the article ESPECIALLY FOR YOU, then answer the questions.
(Jason Donovan is an actor and pop singer. He is very popular with young people in Britain and is capable of
driving them wild like many other pop idols of the past. Streetwise reporter Stephan Frazer went to a Jason concert,
to see not just the pop star, but … the fans.)
It was only 5.00 p.m. – two hours before the doors officially opened – and the Leicester concert
hall was already surrounded by hundreds of excited young people. Their faces betrayed their
emotions – happiness, nervousness and love. All were desperate to catch a glimpse of the great
man as he arrived. Some fans were near to tears.
18
Some of the older girls were experts at this sort of thing. They had worked out which gate
he would come through and were working hard trying to persuade the security guards to let them
come closer than anyone else.
Many of them clutched carefully-packaged roses or teddy bears hoping to get the
opportunity to present them to Jason personally. Of the 2,500 people at this concert, many were
less than thirteen years old. The least anyone would have paid officially for a ticket was £8. Some
had paid £50 to ticket touts on the night. Caroline and Vicky – both fourteen – had hitchhiked
sixty miles to get there.
‘I hope I can survive that long. I think I’ll die if I don’t see him soon,’ said Caroline. ‘We
saw him last year – in real life – outside Radio One.’
‘He’s much more beautiful when you really see him,’ enthused Vicky. ‘He has a fantastic
smile.’
Martin had come with his mother. He was eleven and trying very hard to look like his hero.
His mum had queued half the night for their tickets as a birthday present. ‘He says this is the best
thing I’ve ever done for him.’ Martin was too overwhelmed to say a word.
Meanwhile, the word spread that Jason had actually arrived some hours previously. Some
very disappointed teenagers went home. Others, including Vicky and Caroline, vowed to see him
on his way out hours later and settled down to wait. Everyone else started filing inside.
By 9.00 p.m. a warmly-received support band had been and gone, and everyone – apart
from the very bored-looking security guards – was getting very excited. The Overture was played
and then, for the fourth British performance of the ‘Doin’ Fine’ tour, on came Jason – his arms
outstretched in a blaze of light and glory.
Jason sang, sweated, danced and charmed his way through seventeen of the best-known
songs. To most of the over-twenties, he might have seemed like a pleasant enough twenty-two-
year-old man. But for the rest he was the answer to their dreams. 2,500 very happy young people
is a pretty wonderful sight.
As the night wore on, things became more and more frenetic. Jason skateboarded across the
stage while holding a guitar – the crowd became delirious. Jason took off his coat to reveal a
gleaming bare chest – they went completely mad.
Things did seem to be getting more and more deranged. The security guards stopped
looking bored and began to look worried. Their cordon at the front of the stage was getting pushed
further back as more and more girls left their seats trying to get closer to Jason. The screaming got
louder and louder until it was hard to hear anything else. And then it was over. A quick encore and
he was gone before any of the audience had a chance to realize, leaving behind nothing but a stage
full of flowers and teddy bears.
1. Why were some fans near to tears?

2. How did Caroline and Vicky get to the Leicester concert hall?
3. How did Martin get his ticket?
4. What effect did Jason have on the audience?
5. When and why did the security guards begin to look worried?
6. Why was Jason’s chest ‘gleaming’?
7. Write down all the adjectives used to describe Jason.
8. What do the fans think of him?
9. What does the writer think of him?
9. One of you will be Caroline/ Martin. Ask them questions about the concert they have been
to.
10. Find words in the text and mean approximately the same as:
a) in great need of something, ready to do anything
b) hold something tightly in your hand, e.g. you are nervous
c) a person who sells tickets for more than they are worth
19
d) make a solemn promise that you will do something

e) walking in line, one person behind another
f) piece of music that you play as an introduction
g) a line or ring of police-officers, soldiers, etc. preventing people from entering an area
11. Speak about Jason Donovan’s concert, using the words from Exercise 10.
12. Letter writing. This is part of a letter from Tom, your English pen friend, who writes:
… Last weekend I went to a fantastic concert by my favourite band, Hotshot. It’s the best thing
I’ve ever been to. What’s the best thing you’ve ever been to? Was it a concert? Or maybe it was a
sports event, or a show, play or film. Maybe it was something completely different.
Describe it to me and tell me why it was so great.
I’d like to hear all about it.
Love,
Tom.
Write back to Tom, answering his questions and asking him 3 questions about the concert.
Write 100-140 words. Remember the rules of letter writing.
It’s better to attend a live performance (a concert, a play, or a sporting event) than watching it on
television.
What is your opinion? What can you say for and against this statement?
Write 200-250 words. Use the following plan:
1. Introduction (State the problem).
2. Express your opinion and give reasons for it.
3. Give other people’s arguments and explain why they are wrong.
4. Conclusion.
♫14. Listen to the tape and follow the instructions. (Streetwise UI Issue 8(2) )
Now talk about your experience. What was the effect of the music on tape? What kind of music
did you ‘hear’ in the exercise, if any? Is it the type of music you usually listen to or not?
15. Before you read the text, look at these statements and decide whether they are true or
false.
a) There are few places where we can avoid hearing music.
b) Our taste in music is personal.
c) Music can affect us physically.
d) The only music which affects us positively is music that we like.
e) Music can be used to cure people in hospitals.
f) Certain types of music can be harmful.
Now read the text and see if the passage supports your answers.
THE POWER OF MUSIC

Nowadays it’s almost impossible to escape from music, even if we want to. It thunders out of
every high-street shop, hisses horribly through other people’s stereos on public transport, lulls you
in hotel lobbies and restaurants, and blasts out of wound-down car and van windows.
But, although we all can now have music wherever we go, very few of us have any real
idea of the effect music has on the human system. For many years it has been assumed that
musical tastes are subjective – that one person will like jazz while another prefers classical.
20
But recent research in America and Australia has shown that appreciation of music is not a
matter of individual taste. Certain types of music will have a particular effect on us, regardless of
whether we ‘like’ them or not. For instance, some music will help us feel relaxed and peaceful,
whereas other types may be stimulating to the brain, encouraging curiosity and alertness. Some
music promotes loving feelings; other sounds whip up hate, jealousy, and violence.
As a result, music is being used in hospitals, and doctors have found that 20 minutes of
soothing music is often far more effective than tranquillisers or sleeping pills. For example, after a
recent operation, Fiona Richmond, 15, was not allowed to listen to her favourite heavy metal
group. Instead, she was made to listen to baroque music because it was good for her.
According to researcher Susan Burghardt, all music can be divided into three types, and
each one has profound effects on the body and mind. The first is low-energy music, the sort that
makes you feel bad. Most rock music falls into this category. In fact it has been discovered that
rock music makes people feel hate instead of love. The work of some classical composers, such as
Debussy and Schoenberg, has also been found to be harmful.
The next category is high-energy music. This makes you feel better and it can help you to
normalize heart rate. J S Bach is exceptionally high energy.
The third category is prayerful music. This is the most healing of all. Much of the classical
music written before 1600 falls into this category.
It seems that most Jazz and Country and Western is simply neutral, having neither a
healing nor harming effect.
Scientific work on the healing power of music started with plant research in the 1970s.
Many types of classical music speeded plant growth, whereas heavy metal caused plants to draw
away from the speakers and die.

1. Does music affect our bodies in the same way?
2. Does all music harm or heal?
3. Complete this table:
Type of music Example Effect
Low-energy
4. Do you believe that rock music can be harmful? Why/Why not?
5. What is the meaning of the underlined words?
Music is part of virtually every culture on Earth, but it varies widely among cultures in style and
structure. Many people feel that 1 _________________. It gives us pleasure, soothes, excites, or
cheers us up. Music can be happy, sad, romantic, sleepy, spine-tingling, healing – all kinds of
things. But what is it? Some people define it 2 ____________________. Our ears interpret these
sounds as loud or soft, high or low, rapid and short, or slow and smooth.
The sounds need to continue for a time in some sort of pattern to become music. Music, like
language, is a uniquely human form of communication with well-developed rules of construction
much like grammar. Most ancient Greek philosophers believed that listening to music based on
positive modes in use at the time was beneficial to the development of a young person’s character,
and warned against listening to music based on certain other modes 3 _____________
For centuries Chinese beliefs about music were influenced by the philosophy of Confucius,
according to which music was not to entertain but to purify one’s thoughts.
As with language, there are many different kinds of music such as jazz, rock, classical,
folk, country, and many other kinds of music. Each kind of music has its own rules and “speaks”
to us in its own way. Today, many cultures divide music into art music and music of the people.
Art music, 4 ___________________, is more complicated than the music of the people – folk
music and popular music. Art music is generally harder to write and perform. Musicians who
21
perform it need a lot of training. Popular and folk styles typically are easier to create, perform and
understand. No one knows for sure 5 __________________ . Music goes along with many of our
activities. We dance to music, sing songs, or exercise to music, we hear music in cars and stores.
Music entertains us and accompanies many important occasions, 6 ________________.
A. which we call classical music

B. so music is part of our lives
C. as an artful arrangement of sounds across time
D. because melody and rhythm are two basic elements of music
E. when music began
F. music makes life worth living
G. because it would have harmful effects
1 2 3 4 5 6
18. You are going to read the text. For questions 1-7, choose the answer (A,B,C or D) which
you think fits best according to the text.
A Bit of Singing and Dancing
Esme was walking along the beach. The sea was grey and a sharp wind blowing from the
north raised waves. It was a cold winter afternoon. There were no people on the beach because the
season in the seaside town began in spring. She thought it was time to go home for tea and
entertainment on television. For the last 11 years all the TV programmes Esme watched had been
chosen by her mother. Her mother was extremely fond of television.
“It’s my only pleasure,” she always said. “You can learn so much if you watch the right
programme.” She had watched variety shows, light comedies, and even pop concerts. “I like a bit
of singing and dancing. It cheers you up,” she said. And every evening Esme had to watch these
programmes on ITV instead of watching something cultural or educational on BBC2. Sometimes
she thought that she hated them and dreamt of the time when she would choose programmes
herself. No, she would never choose such trifles!
It was now two weeks since her mother died and though now Esme could choose any
programme she liked, every evening she watched something light and entertaining. That night
when she came back home to the small house where she lived, she felt very lonely. She switched
on TV and again chose a variety show, not an educational programme, to cheer her up.
As days went by Esme felt more and more lonely. She wasn’t young, she didn’t have any
friends, and there was no place to go for entertainment in the small seaside town where she lived.
She decided to rent away a room. She was a good cook and life with her mother who watched TV
from early morning till late at night taught her to keep the house neat and tidy. Maybe it won’t be
so dull at home when you share it with a pleasant person, she thought. One day she heard the
doorbell. She opened the door and saw an elderly man. He told her that he wanted to rent a room
with breakfast. She expected him to explain who he was, but he was just standing and looking at
her. She invited him to enter. In the house the man told her that he had just arrived in their town
and wanted to stay here as the town suited for the work he would do during a summer season. He
called himself Mr Curry. Esme did not hesitate. She was glad to have a person in her house to look
at and to speak to.
Mr Curry moved in that evening. He was a very nice, quiet, serious man and Esme enjoyed
having him in the house. He got up at 8 and at 8.30 he came down to the kitchen for breakfast. He
was a polite person and often said how tasty things Esme cooked. It was always pleasant for her.
At 9 he took his suitcase and left the house. He came back at 6, went straight to his room and
Esme did not see him again until the next morning. Sometimes she heard music coming from his
22
room, probably from the radio, and she thought how nice it was that her house was a home for
someone else. Then summer came and Mr Curry started coming home later. Esme wondered what
work he was doing. One evening she decided to go and find it out.
A lot of people were walking along the beach, but Mr Curry wasn’t seen anywhere. Esme
was about to go back when she heard music. And then she saw mr Curry standing at the corner.
There was an old record-player near him and Mr Curry was singing and dancing to the music. A
couple of passers-by watched his performance. At his feet there was a hat where people put
money.
Suddenly Mr Curry saw Esme. He immediately stopped the record, collected his things and
left. When Esme got to the house, Mr Curry had already come. He was sitting at the kitchen table
and looked so miserable that Esme felt awfully sorry for him. She came up and said, “Mr Curry,
my mother always liked a bit of singing and dancing. It cheers you up, she usually said.” And Mr
Curry smiled.
1. According to the text, Esme

A. was fond of television
B. hated television.
C. saw cultural or educational programmes
D. watched TV every day.
2. The text lacks mentioning that

A. Esme’s mother liked to dance and sing
B. Esme lived with her mother for the last eleven years.
C. Esme’s mother chose TV programmes by herself.
D. Esme lived in a town which was located on the seashore.
3. After her mother’s death Esme

A. felt cheerless.
B. saw programmes on BBC 2.
C. often went to the beach with her friends.
D. did not watch TV.
4. She decided to let Mr Curry live in her house because

A. she liked him at first sight.
B. she lacked for money.
C. she couldn’t bear the feeling of loneliness any longer.
D. she hoped to marry him not to feel lonely.
5. Mr Curry wanted to live in her house because

A. he liked it.
B. he liked sea towns.
C. the town was not large.
D. the town fitted in his plans.
6. Esme was curious of

A. Mr Curry’s marital status.
B. his habits.
C. his occupation.
D. his hobbies.
7. When Esme found out the truth about Mr Curry’s job, she felt all except
A. anger.
B. pity.
C. sorrow.
D. regret.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
23
Music – a universal language

Music is universal – it __________________________by all cultures. To produce
Some scientists believe that music _________________before speech To come
and arose as a development of mating calls. In fact, there is one theory
that _______________________ languages were chanted or sung rather Early
than spoken. Indeed, in some cultures, music is a form of recording
history. The Aboriginal Australians, for example, use music as a means
to pass on stories of the land and spirits to the next generation.
New evidence suggests that music _____________________ the feel- Not to satisfy
good factor but it is also good for the brain. A study of intellectually
disabled children showed that they could recall more information after it
___________________to them in a song than after it was read to them as To give
a story.
Researchers also report that people score _________________ on a Good
standard intelligence test after listening to Mozart. The so-called ‘Mozart
effect’ has also been supported by findings that rats brought up on
Mozart run faster through a complex network of paths and passages,
known as a maze. Overall, it seems that in most instances people who
suffer from any form of mental illness benefit from
___________________________to music. To listen
19. Read the text and сircle the right answer A,B,C or D.
Until the early part of this century there was certainly a distinction between popular music, the
songs and dance (1) ___________of the masses, and what we have come to call (2)___________
music. Up to that point, however, there were at least some points of contact (3)
_________________ the two, and perhaps general recognition of what made a good voice, or a
good song. With the development of (4) ___________entertainment, popular music split away and
has gradually (5) ____________a stronger life of its (6)_______________, to the point where it
has become incompatible with (7) ______________classics. In some respects, it is now dominated
by the (8) __________of youth culture, so that a concert by Elton John is just as much a fashion
(9)________________, and other artists may be promoting dance styles or social (10)
___________.
For this reason, it is impossible to talk about popular music as if it were a unified art. The
kind of music you like may (11) ______________ on what kind of person you are. Curiously,
there are now classical musicians who have (12) _________the status of rock stars, and have been
marketed in the same way. This seems to suggest that many young people enjoy classical music
but do not wish to be associated with the (13) ____________of those who are traditionally
supposed to enjoy it. Or it may simply be that recording companies have discovered that there is
an insatiable (14) _____________ for ‘sounds’, and that classical music is beginning to sound
exciting to a generation (15) __________ on rock but now settling into affluent middle-age.
1 A halls B tunes C musicians D artists

2 A rock B modern C underground D classical
3 A with B between C by D of
4 A mass B live C recorded D the
5 A founded B lived C developed D suggested
6 A supporters B self C fans D own
7 A other B the C some D further
24
8 A promotion B discovery C tendency D survival

9 A as B however C event D design
10 A service B grace C protest D science
11 A depend B identify C suppose D be
12 A lost B admired C penetrated D achieved
13 A number B dislike C lifestyle D meaning
14 A desire B sale C interest D outlet
15 A raised B carrying C dependent D listening
20. Read the text below. Use the word given in capitals at the end of each line to form a word
that fits in the space in the same line.
Music in Schools
Primary schools in London are trying out an ambitious plan through
which young children get an introduction to serious music. The idea
comes from a group of famous musicians who are concerned about the
__________________ of certain types of classical music. SURVIVE
They see the plan as one possible ____________________ to the SOLVE
problem of declining audiences at classical concerts.
Their _____________________ is that an interest in classical music ARGUE
should be developed in early childhood.
They reject the idea that children are _____________________ in serious INTEREST
music or _____________________ find it boring. NECESSARY
The group goes into a school and gives a live ______________________ PERFORM
Of a short classical piece and then this is followed by an explanation of
how the instruments work.
These sessions have proved so ______________________ that they have SUCCESS
now become a regular feature in some schools.
Nowadays a lot of people are keen on electronic music. Do you follow this trend or would you
rather stick to the traditional one?
Write 200-250 words.
22. Legends of rock and pop history. Read the texts. Choose suitable headings for each.
There is one extra heading.
A. Elvis Presley
B. Chuck Berry
C. Bob Dylan
D. David Bowie
E. Bruce Springsteen
F. Michael Jackson
G. Prince
H. Bill Haley
►1. _________________________
He was born in America’s mid-west and began recording folk and protest songs in the early ‘60s.
His poetic lyrics and unique voice soon brought him a large audience. Some of them became
confused a few years later, though, when he left folk music behind and ‘went electric’. Since then,
25
he has changed styles several times. These days he rarely has hits, but he’s still one of America’s
top singer/songwriters.
►2. _________________________
Minneapolis is his home town and it’s also the home of his recording complex – ‘Paisley Park’.
This is where he writes and produces some of the current pop scene’s most exciting music. And
not just for himself. Paisley Park has also produced hits for Sheena Easton, The Bangles, Sheila E,
Chaka Khan and many others. These days he prefers not to be called the way he used to be.
Instead, he has changed his name to a symbol.
►3. _________________________
‘Rhythm and Blues’ was already popular with black Americans in the 1940s and early 1950s.
Along with other stars like Little Richard he helped to make it popular with white music fans, too.
His energy, guitar-style and humour were all an important influence on later rock and rollers.
These included John Lennon, who once said ‘If you tried to give rock and roll another name, you
might call it (his name).’
►4. __________________________
Singer, songwriter, producer, performer, actor … he has several different talents. In the ‘70s he
also had several different concert and video images – for example, Ziggy Stardust, Aladdin sane
and the Thin White Duke. Always original and mysterious, he re-invented himself every few
years. And not just as a rock star. In the ‘80s he moved into film acting too. Three of his best
movies in that decade were ‘The Man Who Fell To Earth’, ‘Merry Christmas Mr. Lawrence’ and
‘labyrinth.’
►5.___________________________
He was rock and roll’s first white superstar. He and his band, The Comets, had fourteen top-40 hits
in America from 1953-8 (most of them were teenage dance songs). They appeared in films, too –
for example, ‘Rock Around The Clock’, and ‘Don’t Knock The Rock’, introducing a new style of
music to millions of cinema fans outside the USA. His trademark was a comma of black hair on
his forehead.
►6. __________________________
He grew up in New Jersey and formed his group – the E Street Band – in 1972. Often called ‘the
new Dylan’ in those days, he quickly became of the USA’s most popular songwriters and
performers and has stayed at the top ever since. The reasons for his success are simple. (a) He
writes serious, honest songs about working-class life in modern America, (b) He’s loyal to his fans
and great in concert, often playing for three or even four hours. Today he has a shorter, simpler
nickname – ‘The Boss’.
►7. ___________________________
He recorded his first songs in Memphis at the age of 19. It was the beginning of a career that made
him America’s number one star. Managed by Colonel Tom Parker, he became the most famous
rock and roll singer in the world, appearing … (a) on TV shows (b) in a series of films (c) in
cabaret at Las Vegas … as well as making hit records. In later years ‘The King’ had problems as
well as success, though. Overweight and addicted to drugs, he died in his Memphis mansion,
‘Gracelands’ at the age of 42.
23. Prepare a story about a singer you admire. Tell it to the class without giving his/her
name. Make others guess whom you are speaking about.
26
24. Read the article. The journalist’s questions are missing from the article. Choose the most
appropriate question from the list A-H for headings 1-7. There is one extra question which
you do not need to use.
A. Has fame changed you as a person?

B. Will you be doing what you are doing now in ten years’ time?
C. What sort of things do you enjoy?
D. How do you avoid being recognized?
E. How do you keep yourself fit?
F. You like your food, don’t you?
G. Have you ever wished you weren’t popular?
H. So, will we see you in your own production one day?
TALKING TO ELTON JOHN
His real name is Reginald Kenneth Dwight, born 25th March 1947 at Pinner in Middlesex,
England. His most famous songs include Rocket Man, Goodbye Yellow Brick Road, Candle in the
Wind, Nikita and Sacrifice.
►1._________________________________________
When I’m not working, I like plodding round the kitchen doing the things everybody else does. I
love going to the supermarket to do the shopping. I come back with far more stuff than I need.
When I’m on holiday in St. Tropez, I love to get up at six in the morning to get the fresh bread.
People often see me wheeling my trolley round the supermarkets in the town.
►2._________________________________________
I’ve tried going out in disguise-dark glasses, hat, that sort of thing-but nine times out of ten it
doesn’t work. Most people are very pleasant and polite. But it’s frustrating if you get out of bed on
the wrong side – and you do some days – and someone asks you for an autograph and they haven’t
got a pen or a piece of paper. But I enjoy my popularity; I don’t see the point in being a recluse.
►3. _________________________________________
That’s a tricky one to answer. I’ve always been a sort of a loner. By that I don’t mean that I’m
lonely. It’s just that I like to be my own boss all the time. Don’t confuse that with being lonely
because I’m not. I’ve lots of great friends around me. But I’m terribly set in my own ways and, at
my age, it’s very hard to change. I don’t particularly want to, either. Being successful has given me
the confidence to do things I wouldn’t have had the courage to do otherwise. But I still retain that
shyness when I first meet people. I’m never going to get rid of that.
►4. _________________________________________
I’m one of those people who only has to look at a doughnut and I immediately put on a kilo
without even eating it. I’ve always had a problem with my weight. It doesn’t bother me too much,
although I get depressed when I’m very overweight. I dieted once and I became so obsessed that I
nearly made myself ill. But I’m happy with the way I’m at the moment. If you exercise at least
three or four times a week and play tennis, then it’s no problem, but you have to keep at it.
►5. __________________________________________
When I get up in the morning, I go on this exercise machine. I’ve got and walk four or five miles
in an hour. That burns off the calories for the rest of the day. When I’m on a tour, I eat three meals
a day and don’t snack. I can’t eat before or after a show so that helps. It’s when I’m at home – the
worst thing is the fridge and snacking. I’m a terrible snacker. I’m a big bread fan and I love curry.
27
►6. ___________________________________________
I can’t keep touring and making records for the rest of my life – I’ve got to try something different
now and then. One thing I’m interested in doing is writing a musical.
►7. ___________________________________________
That’s highly unlikely. I’m not interested in going into a theatre and performing every night. You
may find that strange but if you’re on tour, at least you’re changing cities. I played at the
Hammersmith Odeon once for fourteen nights and by the end of it I was going crazy. It was like
going to the office. So people who actually appear in plays and musicals for two or three years
have my greatest sympathy and admiration. I never consider what I do as work.

1. Why do you think Elton John ‘can’t eat before or after a show’?
2. Elton compares playing at the Hammersmith Odeon to working in an office. What does he tell
us about his attitude to work?
3. Find evidence in the article which suggests that Elton John is basically happy with himself and
his lifestyle.
A and this became their new name

B who was the author of the lyrics
C who wouldn’t be interviewed
D which in the early years were catchy tunes with simple pop lyrics.
E when they played at London’s Royal Albert Hall
F because there were no winners in our divorce.
G which became an instant hit all over the world
H both partly inspired by the group and their music.
ABBA. THEIR STORY
How did it all start?

In November 1970 an unknown Swedish group called ‘festfolket’ played their first concert in front
of five embarrassed couples in a restaurant in Gothenburg in Sweden. Their ‘live’ performance
was not a great success, and by the end of the week only three people turned up to hear them.
Incredibly, just a few years later they woul be the most successful pop group in the world. In 1977,
1_________________, the box office received three and a half million requests for tickets!
‘Festfolket’ consisted of two engaged couples, Agnetha and Björn, who had fallen in love at first
sight in 1968 (they married in 1971) and Benn and Anni-Frid (who married in 1978). When the
group’s manager sent them messages he used to write to ABBA (using their initials) to save time
2_______________. Their fortunes immediately improved. In 1974 Abba, singing in English, won
the Eurovision Song Contest with Waterloo, 3_________________.For the next decade they
dominated the pop music scene with hit records such as Fernando, Dancing Queen, and The
winner takes it all.
Why were Abba so successful?

First there were songs themselves, 4__________________. Also because Abba were Swedish,
their English pronunciation was very clear and easy to understand and this definitely helped their
worldwide appeal. Another attraction was their outrageous clothes. ‘For Eurovision I wore a black
jacket with pearls and satin trousers with silver boots,’ says Björn. ‘I looked like a fat Christmas
tree!’ But on stage and on record the magic ingredient was probably the two girls’ voices and the
28
contrast between them. Although Abba broke up in 1981 there was a big revival of their popularity
in the 90s, mainly because of two films, Queen of the Desert and Muriel’s Wedding,
5___________________.In 1999 the London musical, Mamma Mia, based on the group’s songs,
sold out night after night, and twenty-five years after their first hit, Abba’s album Greatest hits was
back at number one in the Top 20.
Why did they break up?

The problems started when Abba went on their first world tour in 1976 to coincide with their new
album Dancing queen. Anni-Frid enjoyed touring but Agnetha didn’t. By this time she had a
young baby.
‘Agnetha didn’t really want to go anywhere,’ says Björn, ‘so it made things difficult. For her the
family came first, and Abba second. I thought we could have both.’
In 1978 Björn and Agnetha separated. With the separation, the mood of Abba’s songs darkened
and the lyrics became painfully autobiographical. ‘They came from the heart,’ says Björn. ‘I wrote
about a divorce in Knowing me, knowing you and The winner takes it all. Not necessarily our
divorce, but I always wrote what I felt. When I asked Agnetha to sing The winner takes it all, it
was starange to hear her when we recorded it. Afterwards there were tears, 6_______________.’In
1980 Benny left Anni-Frid, and relations in the studio between the members of the group became
increasingly tense.In 1981 the group split up. In Björn’s words, ‘We’d all run out of energy.’
Where are they now?

After the break-up Benny and Björn carried on writing music together, including the musical
Chess.The women both had reasonably successful solo careers. All the members of the group
remarried. Since the break up of her second marriage, Agnetha has been living alone on a Swedish
island and has become almost a recluse. In a recent documentary for british TV, she was the only
member of Abba 7_______________. Although the four members have been offered huge
amounts of money to make a comeback and play together again, they have always refused.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
♫27. You’re going to hear an interview with a journalist from a music magazine talking
about Abba. (English File 1.5, 1.6)
a) First listen and write down the seven questions the interviewer asks.
1____________________________________________________
2____________________________________________________
3____________________________________________________
4____________________________________________________
5____________________________________________________
6____________________________________________________
7____________________________________________________
b)Now listen for more detail. What exactly does the journalist say about …?
1. the song titles and lyrics

2. Agnetha’s attitude to touring
3. stories the tabloid press made up
4. Anni-Frid’s father
5. Björn and Agnetha’s divorce
6. Agnetha after Abba split up
7. how often they still meet
29
28. Work in pairs. One of you will be a journalist. The other will be a musician. Dramatize
the dialogue. You may use the questions in Exercises 23, 26.
29. Letter writing. This is part of a letter from George, your English pen friend, who writes:
… We are doing a project at school on famous singers from different countries. Could you
tell me about any famous Russian singer? What is he or she famous for? How long has he/she
been singing? Do you enjoy his/her songs? Have you ever been to his/her concerts?
I’d like to share my good news with you. We going to Lake District for the weekend.
I must go now. My mum is calling me.
Write back soon.
Love,
George.
Write back to George, answering his questions and asking him 3 questions about his trip to
Lake District.
Some people say that music helps a person to understand himself better by revealing his innate
qualities, while others believe that it is just a form of entertainment. Which group do you belong to
and why?
Write 200-250 words. Use the following plan.
1.Introduction (State the problem).

2.Express your opinion and give reasons for it.
3.Give other people’s arguments and explain why they are wrong.
4.Conclusion.
30
TOPIC 9. WORK AND BUSINESS.

1.Read the text CHOOSING A CAREER.
Sometimes we say that someone we know is “a square peg in a round hole”. This simply
means that the person we are talking about is not suited for the job he is doing. He may be a
bookkeeper who really wants to be an actor or a mechanic who likes cooking. Unfortunately, many
people in the world are “square pegs”: they are not doing the kind of work they should be doing
for one reason or another. As a result they are probably not doing a very good job and certainly
they are not happy.
Choosing a career is one of the most important decisions you make in your life. Find the
right career and you will be happy and successful. For that reason we should try to find out what
we are cut out for. There are individuals, of course, who from their early childhood know what
they would like to be. But the majority of us do not get around to making a decision about an
occupation or career until somebody or something forces us to face the problem.
Choosing an occupation takes time and there are a lot of things you have to think about as
you try to decide what you would like to do. It pays, therefore, to explore your choice of
occupation from every angle, collect as much information as you can, actually try different kinds
of work before making your mind.
Unfortunately, not everyone takes this trouble. Those who don’t can make costly mistakes.
For example, some people simply follow in the footsteps of a parent or a relative. One young man
became a doctor because that was his father’s profession. Yet he couldn’t stand the sight of blood.
Watching an operation made him sick to his stomach. One day he had to amputate a leg, and, after
making the first cut, fainted in the operating room. A young woman became an accountant
although she hated Maths. Her uncle encouraged her by promising a job in his company. It took
her several years, and several disasters with the company books, before she realized her mistake.
Procrastinating, postponing a decision is another error people make. I’ll get started
tomorrow, or next week, or next year. These people refuse to face the problem, hoping it will go
away. But if you don’t take the first step now, how can you plan for the future, take the right
courses in school, get in the right programs? Procrastinators just drift, missing many opportunities.
It goes without saying that professions available to us are almost infinite. Well then, how
do you find a career? Start with yourself. Analyze your problem. Determine what information you
have. Then go after information you need. Talk to people of different professions, read special
journals and reference books. Find out, where your interests lie. Then make sure you know your
talents and abilities. Everyone has skills, but yours may be undetected. Evaluate yourself. You can
do this through aptitude tests and interviews with specialists.
One thing you can do is read Richard Nelson Bolles’s What Color Is Your Parachute? A
Practical Manual for Job Hunters and Career Changers. Bolles helps you to find your ideal job:
a job that fits who you are, a job that is satisfying to you. He says that you must think about three
things:
(1) Your skills. What do you like to do? What do you do well? Do you like talking? Helping
people? Teaching? Reading and writing? Using computers? Working with your hands? Bolles asks
you to think about all your skills, not only “work skills”.
(2) Job setting. Where do you like to work? Do you like to work outside? At home? In an office?
Alone or with others? What kind of people do you like to work with?
(3) Job rewards. How much money do you need? How much money do you want? What else do
you want from a job? What would make you feel good about a job?
Remember: To find an ideal job, you need to have a clear picture in your mind of the job
you want. And if you choose the right career, you will enjoy the smiles of fortune and your life
will be a success.
31

1.What person can be characterized as “a square peg in a round hole”?
2.Why is choosing a career said to be one of the most important life decisions?
3.What are the typical mistakes made by people who are to choose their job for life?
4.How can you avoid making such mistakes?
5.Name three things you must think about if you are to do a job hunt the right way.
3. Read each situation and decide whether, according to Bolles, the person is making a
mistake or doing the right thing.
1.Owen was always a manager. He doesn’t want to be a manager. But he is not looking for another
job because he doesn’t know how to do anything else.
2.Amy studied to be a teacher. But now she is not just looking for work as a teacher. Instead she is
thinking about whether teaching is really the right career for her.
3.Bill is in a job interview. He is asking the person who is interviewing him some questions about
the company.
4.Kathy has a choice between a job that pays very well and a job that seems very interesting. She
decides that for her, money is the most important thing. So she chooses the job that pays well.
4. Read the statements below and say whether you agree or disagree. Prove your viewpoint.
a) Enjoying your work is more important than making a lot of money.

b) Working with a lot of people is better than working alone.
c) Working from home is better than working at an office.
d) Working indoors is better than working outside.
5. Five college and university students were asked about their careers. Read their answers and say,
which of them has definitely decided on the kind of job they want to do after they have finished
their course.
Question : Have you decided what you want to do after college?
John – Ideally, I’d like to run my own business involving computers.

Robert – When I leave college I don’t plan to get a job straight away. I’d like to travel for a couple
of years.
Teresa – I haven’t decided yet, but I want to do something connected with music – maybe teaching
or music therapy.
Catherine – I know what I want and that’s a job in a hotel in the town. I’ve done some temporary
work in the George Hotel, and they are quite keen to take me on when I finish my course.
Paul – I have four more years to do, after which I’ll get a job – possibly in the north of England.
How would you answer this question?
6. Translate the following paragraph.
Всем выпускникам школы приходится принимать решение относительно своей жизни.

Некоторые из них не утруждают себя и предпочитают идти по стопам своих родителей.
Другие пытаются понять, для чего они созданы, и выявить свои навыки. Конечно, для того,
чтобы оценить себя требуется много времени. Но лучше потратить время для того, чтобы
изучить себя всесторонне, чем упустить возможность быть вовлечённым в работу,
приносящую тебе удовлетворение.
32
TO SUM IT UP: HOW TO GET THE JOB OF YOUR DREAMS
7. Read the article. Choose the most suitable heading from the list A-H for each part (1-7) of
the article. There is one extra heading which you do not need to use.
A - Decide on a dream
B - Be ambitious
C - Get informed
D - Sell yourself
E - Get experience
F - Be realistic
G - Use your contacts
H - Be positive
►1.__________________________________
The main complaint from young people these days seems to be ‘ I don’t know what I want to do’
followed closely by ‘It’s pointless trying anyway’. Times have changed and the job market is not
what it was with even graduates living off state unemployment benefits. But there is work if you
want it, and if you try hard, you can still find your first foothold on the career ladder.
►2.__________________________________
Compromise, improvise and give up your ideas of walking straight into a company director’s job
and you may find that later rather sooner you are engaged in doing a useful and rewarding job.
►3.__________________________________
Think about what you would like to do. If you hate children, forget about primary school teaching.
If you can’t stand writing, forget about journalism. Do you want to work abroad? Do you want to
work in an office? Be imaginative! Don’t limit yourself to what you want to be, but to what you
like to do. And watching telly doesn’t count!
►4.__________________________________
If you like listening to people’s problems and helping your friends out when they are in tricky
situations, you should find out about the kind of jobs which involve this sort of work.
Psychotherapy, social work, teaching, and personnel management are some of the jobs you could
do. Find out what you would have to do in the job, and how you could get qualified.
►5.___________________________________
Get in touch with people you know who already have your dream job. Ask to spend a day
‘shadowing’ them. They can explain how they got where they are today, the pros and cons, the
salary and other details and you can get first-hand experience of what the job involves.
►6.____________________________________
It’s not too late to volunteer your free time for the sake of your curriculum vitae. Write off and
offer your services free. Then impress your colleagues by learning fast and being nice to everyone.
Who knows, they may even offer you a job. And you can still claim unemployment benefit while
you are volunteering, so long as you make an effort to find paid employment.
►7._____________________________________
It will take more than an impressive curriculum vitae and a smart suit to get you a job but you
can’t go wrong with a carefully worded ‘Hire me’ letter mailed to prospective employers. Who
knows, your letter could end up on the desk of a compassionate employer. What have you got to
lose?
33
8. Read the text GET IT RIGHT! and do the tasks on it.
Katy Smith, career consultant, has a few tricks up her sleeve for those looking for a job. Go on
and get it right!
Read recruitment sections in newspapers and on the Internet. A good permanent job with a
promise of long-term employment can be difficult to find, so why not take a temporary job, even if
it is only for a few months? Every day in most local newspapers there are attractive advertisements
for both full-time and part-time jobs, so don’t miss them!
When you’ve decided to apply for a job, send your application with a CV as soon as possible.
Don’t forget to list your qualifications (degrees and diplomas) and any previous experience you
have with this kind of work.
At the interview don’t be afraid to ask about working conditions (e.g. hours or holidays) but
wait for the interviewer to mention the question of starting salary. Money is a delicate issue and
being greedy will not get you a job.
Dress for success! Put on smart clothes and wear something bright to boost your confidence at
the interview.
1. Find the phrases in the text which have the following meanings:
a. a job which will end on a specific day -
b. training or exams needed for the job -
c. working less than the normal working week -
d. to ask questions to find out if someone is right for a job -
e. a job which you can expect to do for a long time -
f. the amount of money you are paid when you start working -
g. knowledge you get from doing a job for a long time -
h. situation in which you work -
i. to ask for a job in writing -
j. a short history of your education and where you have worked so far –
2. Tick the four pieces of advice of A – F below that are mentioned.

A. You can find information about jobs in newspapers and on the Internet
B. If you don’t find a permanent job immediately, try to find a temporary job for a while
C. Apply for every attractive full-time and part-time job that you find to increase your chances of
getting a job
D. When you send in your CV, don’t write about all your qualifications there, leave this to the
interview
E. Ask questions about the working conditions, but try to avoid bringing up the question of money
yourself.
F. If you dress elegantly, you’ll have a better chance of succeeding at the interview.
A It can be difficult for people to find the job they want
B Organized into sections according to employment category and geographic area
C Job seekers can edit their profile whenever they choose
D For several years, by registering on job-hunting websites
E If people choose to ‘work anywhere in the UK’
F So people can take a two-way approach to career advancement
G For their part, employers can secure access to hundreds, if not thousands of CVs
34
A NEW WAY TO FIND A JOB

Gone are the days when British people would simply browse the job adverts if the paper happened
to fall open at the right section. The Internet has revolutionized employment patterns across the
country and job hunting has become an almost permanent state of being for millions of people. 1
______________, people have been able to get relevant vacancies mailed to them automatically,
24 hours a day, 52 weeks a year.
And now there is a new and free way for people to make progress in their careers, with the job
hunter becoming the hunted. CVquest, in partnership with hundreds of local newspapers across the
UK, enables job seekers to keep their career profiles and CVs permanently available online, where
prospective employers can most easily find them.
2_____________, CVquest enables job seekers to specify the line of work they are looking for and
the part of the country they would be prepared to work in. Best of all, keeping your profile and CV
on CVquest is completely free. 3 ________________ offering skills and experience relevant to the
vacancies they have.
Already available through a growing number of newspaper websites, CVquest offers job seekers a
simple routine of registration, step-by-step career profile assembly, and the opportunity to attach
and upload a Word document CV. 4 _________________, their profile will be displayed on
dozens of newspaper websites outside their immediate area. 5 ________________ and they can
see how many times their profile has been accessed by prospective employers.
6_________________, through their local paper website and CVquest. They can register to
receive notification of vacancies by email, and they can keep their career profile and CV available
to thousands of prospective new employers.
1 2 3 4 5 6
10. Read the text below. Use the word in capitals at the end of each line to form a word that
fits in the space in the same line.
_______________________, jobs have been divided into two TRADITION

types, based on the ____________ people wore to do their work: blue- CLOTH
collar jobs in factories and white-collar jobs in offices. These days, we
usually refer to the two types as manual jobs and office jobs __________. RESPECTIVE
Some jobs are ____________: anyone can do these jobs, without being SKILL
trained. Most jobs, however, are skilled and many jobs are highly-skilled.
If you get a __________________, diploma or degree, then you will be CERTIFY
___________________. Because many jobs are very specialized, you QULIFICATION
will receive _________________ to do the job. Although you will TRAIN
probably start as an _____________, you can hope to get a ASSIST
_________________ after a while. If you have to commute a long way to PROMOTE
work, you may find it ________________. On the other hand, if you can STRESS
take long holidays and your company provides you with a good pension
plan, you may feel glad to have your job.
♫11. You will hear 6 people talking about jobs. Match the things people say 1-6 with the
statements A-G . There is one extra statement. (Afanasyeva test 8 1)
A I was born to do this job.
B I’m always learning more so that I can achieve my goals.
C I’m thinking of doing a different job that I think would be very rewarding.
D I really like my job but it can be very challenging at times.
E I am disappointed with my career choice.
F I think I am lucky to get paid for doing what I love.
G I’m finding it difficult to advance my career.
1 2 3 4 5 6
35
12. JOBS PEOPLE DO. Read the descriptions of people’s jobs (1-6) and match them with
the jobs (A - G). There is one extra job.
A teacher
B doctor
C actor
D reporter
E policeman
F nurse
G flight-attendant
1.__________________________
I’m often on duty at weekends, especially if there is a football match or a demonstration. I’m there
to see things don’t get out of control. I think you have to be cut out for this type of work because it
isn’t easy and can be dangerous. You serve the public and you are there to protect them, but they
don’t always appreciate what you’re trying to do. The pay and conditions are all right, which is a
good thing because you can’t go on strike.
2.___________________________
Sometimes I’m on duty all night and it isn’t easy to take time off work. The salary isn’t very good
– I can get by on it – but I’d never go on strike, because it’s my job to look after people and I
know they depend on me. Sometimes you have to put up with bad working conditions but you
know that what you are doing is an extremely worthwhile job.
3.___________________________
You have to be cut out for this kind of work, otherwise you shouldn’t go in for it. You have to
learn a lot of things by heart, and you can suffer from nerves throughout the whole of your
professional life. You are often out of work and you have to be very ambitious and lucky to get on,
but if you do, the world is your oyster.
4.___________________________
You have to be good at getting on with people, and you have to remain calm at all times – you
must never panic. You need some training for this job, but some things you can pick up quite
quickly. It’s exciting to stop off in exotic places and look round for a few days, but sometimes the
work can be very routine and the pay is average.
5.____________________________
You have to work long hours, and you can be on call twenty-four hours a day, but it’s wonderful
to be able to use your knowledge to help people and relieve suffering. I think people tend to look
up to you as a result.
6.____________________________
Like all professionals, you have to be committed to what you are doing. I’m at work very early in
the morning to set things up so that everything is ready when the day starts. The work takes up a
lot of my time, especially preparation time and going through people’s work and correcting it. The
poor pay sometimes gets me down, but I believe in what I’m doing and that’s the most important
thing.
♫13.Listening. You will hear part of a radio programme about people’s jobs. For questions
1-7, choose the best answer A, B or C. (FCE Test 5 Part 4)
1. Nick decided to work in his present job

A. when he started his tourism course
B. because he didn’t enjoy being an accountant
C while he was still doing a course
2. To get a job as a Tour leader with High Adventure Holidays, you have to
A. have experience of travel
36
B. be good at dealing with people

C. know a lot about other countries
3. We are told that, when leading a tour, Tour Leaders have to be able to
A. deal with demanding people
B. react to problems calmly
C. forget their own wishes
4. Adventure holiday tour leaders are different from other tour leaders because
A. they don’t have any time on their own
B. they have to travel longer distances
C. they have to follow strict instructions
5. According to Nick, a big disadvantage of the job is that he

A. can’t talk about his own problems
B. often has to change arrangements
C. may not like members of the group
6. What does Nick say about tour leaders’ careers?

A. Leaders go to more interesting places after a while
B. Leaders’ salaries tend to be low at first
C. Most tour leaders eventually do office-based jobs
7. What does Nick particularly like about the job?

A. remembering the places he has been to
B. being appreciated by others
C. making friends that he keeps
14. Read the text LIVING DANGEROUSLY. One of you will play the role of Kate Adie.
Others will ask her all possible questions about her job.
There’s a joke going round at the moment: “War’s about to break out in Britain.” “How do you
know?” “Because Kate Adie flew into Heathrow this morning.” No one’s suggesting she’s a
trouble-maker. But it seems that no disaster, in any part of the world, is complete without the
distinctive voice of the BBC’s star reporter bringing the news to us from the middle of a danger
zone.
Beirut, Libya – wherever the bombs fall and the bullets fly is where you’ll find Kate Adie. And
nearer home too, covering national tragedies such as the Zeebrugge and Hillsborough disasters.
But it’s her cool, objective reporting that people most praise.
She has received many honours for her work, but replies, “It wasn’t just me. Don’t forget the
camera crew.” It’s unusual to find this attitude these days, but typical of Kate Adie.
The reporter, whose sensible haircut and pearl ear-rings make her look more like a school
prefect than a war correspondent, admits that her job rules her life. She’s never off-duty. She
recalls the time when the telephone rang in the middle of a dinner –party. “I had to turn to
everyone and say, “Does anyone know how to cook trout?” And she ran off to cover the Brixton
riots.
There’s a price to pay of course. Still single and in her forties, she’s desribed as being married
to the BBC. Certainly, it would be a very tolerant man who would stay at home while Katie rushed
off on an assignment. It’s not a life that most people would choose. And it’s one where you find
few women. “But,” says Kate, “I think it’s important that a woman is seen to do it, particularly in
areas of combat. I find it insulting that people see it exclusively somewhere where men can
operate.”
Being the first woman to make it as a front-line TV reporter has its own problems, however.
When she got her first foreign assignment she was terrified that the camera crew would think she
37
was a “silly, frilly girl”. That’s the reason why she crammed everything she needed into a tiny bag
which would fit underneath her plane seat. She was then amazed to see the cameraman stagger into
the airport with a trunk. Now she knows that it’s her appearance as well as her words that matter.
She used to get letters from viewers saying, “You look a real mess. Haven’t you got a hair-
dresser?” So she decided to include a pair of curling tongs in a holdall that she now takes
everywhere. But as she said, “Can you imagine getting out a hairbrush when someone’s pointing
out a rifle at you?”
She’s often worked in dangerous situations but she says she’s not a heroine. “I don’t get a buzz
or wonderful feeling when I got into danger,” she says. “I’m a 5’7” chicken and I run fast. You’re
not there to fight. You’re there to report. But there’s a great human desire to push sadness, misery
and cruelty out of sight, and people often turn away from the sort of reporting I do. My reply to
them is: you may not want to know but you should know.”
However, despite all the drawbacks, she wouldn’t change her life for the world. “It’s an
incredible job. You go to places you’d never dream of going to.” So could she ever give it up?
“I tend not to plan ahead,” she says. “I just bump along from one story to another. But I suppose
one of these days I’ll have to stop climbing over walls when arthritis sets in,” she joked.
15. Read the text about Matt Robets and circle the answers A, B, C or D.
At 33, Matt Roberts is Britain’s leading personal trainer. His clients include the rich and
the famous: people like supermodel Naoim Campbell and Mel C, the singer with the pop group
Spice Girls. He has already published two books about fitness and he is about to launch his own
range of health and fitness products.
Unlike many of his clients, Matt has always been sporty. His father, John Roberts, played
professional football for top London club Arsenal in the early seventies, and Matt looked set to
follow in his footsteps. Then, during an athletics match at school, his plans suddenly changed
when he was knocked on the head by a stray discus. Doctors ruled out team sports from then on,
and for a few months he got no exercise at all. This gave Matt a brief taste of what it’s like to be
out of condition. After that, he decided to focus on another activity he had always excelled at:
sprinting.
Matt trained hard and once even represented England, but already by the age of 16, he had
set his sights on becoming a fitness trainer with his own gym. He recalls: ‘When my injury meant
I wasn’t getting any exercise, I just wasn’t myself. It’s the same for people who are overweight or
unfit, they aren’t themselves.’ For Matt remains convinced that fitness is the basis of a full and
happy life.
After leaving school, Matt went to the USA. This was a lucky move because his arrival
coincided with the rise in the fashion for personal trainers amongst celebrities, and he became one
of the pioneers in the field. His first big break came when a rock star who was preparing for a
world tour employed him full-time. ‘It was a great experience,’ Matt recalls, ‘coming up with the
entire health package for somebody. But intense.’ He’s careful, however, even now, not to give
away his employer’s identity. And it is this acceptance of the confidential nature of their
relationship that his clients value highly, perhaps even more than the training itself. So it comes as
no surprise that news of his skills spread through word-of-mouth recommendations.
After six months, Matt moved back to London, where he built up a base of clients whom he
trained in their homes, before spotting the premises he was looking for in the city’s fashionable
Mayfair district. As he was only 22, the banks wouldn’t lend Matt the start-up money he needed
and suppliers wouldn’t lease equipment. But Matt worked hard to save the capital and moved into
what would be the first of his chain of gyms.
‘It’s great to see results in clients,’ Matt says. ‘I see myself more as a training partner. I
don’t think the pupil-teacher thing works with most 55 people.’ He’s probably right there, but it’s
clear to me that the best trainers are also psychologists of a kind, achieving the kind of mental
transformation that changes a couch potato into a gymnast, helping us to find the inner athlete just
waiting to burst free.
38
But then there are trainers and trainers. The £40-an-hour trainer down your local gym may
not offer quite the same results as Matt, who charges between £80 and £110. What’s more, he says
he only knows of seven or eight really good trainers in the UK, adding ‘although of course there
might be a lot of good people I haven’t come across.’
But if you can’t afford a top trainer, you could, of course, try Matt’s 90-Day Fitness Plan.
As his editor insists, ‘He’s the real thing! As you read Matt’s books, you can almost hear him
pushing you on.’ Matt Roberts seems determined to broadcast the good news about health and
fitness beyond his client base – which is a sincere, if also a profitable objective. One can’t help but
think, however, that even the best exercise book is bound to be less effective than one-to-one
sessions with the man himself.
1. Matt decided not to follow a career in football because

A. he realized it was a dangerous sport.
B. he was advised against it for medical reasons.
C. he discovered he was better suited to athletics.
D. he didn’t want to do the same thing as his father.
2. The expression ‘set his sights on’ in paragraph 3 refers to

A. a place Matt had seen.
B. a job Matt had tried.
C. something Matt had learnt to do.
D. something Matt hoped to achieve.
3. According to the article, when Matt went to the USA

A. he was able to take advantage of a new trend.
B. he was the first trainer to attract celebrity clients.
C. he was sure of finding work as a personal trainer.
D. he made good contacts among fashionable trainers.
4. In the writer’s view, Matt’s early clients appreciated most of all that
A. he wasn’t well-known himself.
B. he respectedtheir need for privacy.
C. he was recommended by his friends.
D. he provided a personal training package.
5. In London, Matt trained his clients in their homes at first because

A. that was what they preferred.
B. his gym was not in a fashionable area.
C. he couldn’t afford to set up his own gym.
D. they were able to provide their own equipment.
6. What approach to training does Matt adopt?

A. He seeks to change people’s attitudes.
B. He tries to teach people the best methods.
C. He works with people to achieve results.
D. He expects people to follow his example.
7. In the last paragraph, the writer suggests that

A. Matt believes in the benefits of using his books.
B. Matt has plans to televise his books in the future.
C. Matt’s books are amongst the best on the market.
D. Matt’s books should be used together with a trainer.
39
16. Letter writing. This is part of a letter from Jack, your English pen friend, who writes:
… Have you ever thought what you are going to do in the future? As for me, I really don’t know
what career to choose although my parents say it’s time I made a choice. What kind of job would
you prefer to do? Have you asked your parents for advice? Would you like to follow in their
footsteps?
Anyway, we’ve got some time to think. Let me know what you think about it.
I’ve got to go now as I have loads of homework to do. Drop me a line when you can.
Love,
Jack.
Write back to Jack, answering his questions and asking him 3 questions about his school
studies.
17. You are going to read an article about teens at work. Seven sentences have been removed
from the article. Choose from the sentences A-H the one which fits each gap (1-7). There is
one sentence which you do not need to use.
ON THE JOB
Have you ever thought about taking on part-time work for a little pocket money and some good
experience? Allison Seeley takes a peek at 7 working teenagers to find out who’s doing what on
the job!
A Other people have seen me on the street and that’s how I got more work.
B When I show them to people I can see that they feel like they’ve made a discovery or something,
and that’s kind of exciting.
C It was the best solution for me at this time.
D I understand them and they trust me.
E It gives me something really enjoyable to do with my free time and I get to meet lots of people.
F well, when it rains I guess it’s a little boring because there aren’t many people around.
G Luckily, my studies prepared me for this perfectly.
H That’s where I come in.
Patty is 16 and started working as a volunteer in her local hospital last year. Although she’s
not paid, she says there are a lot of benefits to her work. She had thought about studying to be a
doctor when she was younger, and now is really sure about it. ‘I see the doctors in action every
day, and I dream about living a life like theirs,’ says Patty.
Mara has been in the school swimming team for years, so when a part-time job opened up
at the pool, she was interested. Now she works part-time teaching children how to swim. ‘Since
I’m in the pool all the time anyway, I might as well get paid a bit too,’ she laughs. I can remember
being afraid of the water when I was little, so I really enjoy helping kids become good swimmers.
1 ____________ That’s what makes it all worthwhile, really.’
On Saturday and Sunday afternoon, you’ll find Mike in the park. Don’t look for him on the
playing field however; Mike’s in a kiosk, working. Mike’s parents have run the kiosk in the park
for many years now, so it was only natural for Mike to join them. ‘While I’m still a student,’ he
explains, ‘It’s a perfect part-time job. My friends stop by and chat, I can watch all the games and I
get to enjoy the sunny weather. 2 ______________ Then I get a little time to read or play video
games or something. I don’t really mind.’
40
I have the funniest job in the world,’ says Josie, as an enormous Saint Bernard pulls her
along the street. ‘I’m a dog walker! It happened quite by accident really. A neighbor asked me to
walk her dog when she was suffering from a cold, then it just became a habit! 3 ____________
I love animals so it’s lots of fun. I can hardly believe I get paid for walking other people’s dogs,
but it really does help them out.’
Sarah used to babysit often, but then she specialized in caring for young babies. ‘Most
mums won’t leave their newborn baby with a babysitter, but they still need help with them.
4_____________ I’ve learned all about caring for infants through books, classes and on-the-job
training, so I feel very comfortable and confident with them’, she says. She helps take care of three
infants right now, visiting their houses for an hour or so whenever the mums need her assistance.
Roy got a job at a nearby car wash to help earn money for college next year. He works at
the weekend, drying the cars as they emerge from the car wash. ‘It may not be the most exciting
job in the world,’ he admits, ‘but the money is good and the hours are right. 5 __________ I’ve
saved quite a bit of money already and I’m looking forward to going away to university next year.’
Scott’s a bit of a bookworm, so a part-time job at the public library was ideal for him. ‘I
love books of all kinds, especially the older editions and rare books. 6 ____________ ‘Scott works
almost everyday after school for a few hours, so it doesn’t interfere with his schoolwork or time
with his friends. ‘It’s perfectly really,’ he says, ‘and I get a lot of time to read the books that I like.’
‘I love having a job,’ beams Molly from behind the ice-cream counter, struggling with a
scoop of frozen strawberry ice cream. ‘7 _______________’ Molly likes her job because it’s a
happy environment where people come for fun. ‘people go out for ice-cream when they’re feeling
good about something or just need a break, so most of my customers are friendly and smiling. I
like that.’
18. Dialogue (3-4 minutes) You and your friend have decided to work part-time so as to earn
some pocket money. Discuss the options and choose the one you both like most of all :
• babysitting
• errand-running
• delivering newspapers
• fruit picking
• serving customers in a fast food restaurant
Remember to:
BUSINESS
Business is an organized approach to providing customers with the
goods and services they want. The word business also refers to an
organization that provides these goods and services. Most businesses
seek to make a profit – that is, they aim to achieve revenues that
__________________ the costs of operating the business. Prominent EXCESS
examples of for-profit businesses include Mitsubishi Group, General
41
Motors Corporation, and Royal Dutch/ Shell Group. However, some

businesses only seek to earn enough to cover their operating costs.
Commonly called nonprofits, these organizations are ______________ PRIMARY
nongovernmental service service ____________________. PROVIDE
Examples of nonprofit businesses include such organizations as social
service agencies, foundations, advocacy groups, and many hospitals.
Business plays a vital role in the life and culture of countries with free-
market economies. In free-market systems, prices and wages are
primarily determined by _____________________, not by COMPETE
governments. Businesses provide just about anything ______________ CONSUME
want or need, including basic __________________ such as food and NECESSARY
housing, luxuries such as whirlpool baths and wide-screen televisions,
and even personal services such as caring for children and finding
_____________________. COMPANION
♫20.You will hear an interview with a woman, who is an entrepreneur. For questions 1-7,
choose the best answer A,B or C. (Oxford tests test 2 3)
1. Nicky says that when she worked at the London Stock Exchange,
A. she got on well with other members of staff.
B. she was glad that she wasn’t still at school.
C. she liked the repetitive nature of the work.
2. Nicky says that in her first job in New York

A. she quickly learnt American phrases that had been unfamiliar to her.
B. she had to deal with criticism from other people.
C. she disliked the way the place was run.
3. One reason why she decided to start her own café was that
A. she met a supplier who suggested that she should do it.
B. she saw how successful a nearby business was.
C. she was unable to continue in her previous kind of work.
4. Nicky says that after four years of running the café,

A. she began to make a profit from it.
B. she was forced to borrow more money.
C. she decided to reach an agreement with her partner.
5. One problem that Nicky mentions was caused by

A. faulty equipment.
B. producing large quantities of food.
C. having to change her accommodation.
6. What does Nicky say about the review of her café?

A. She had been told that it might contain negative comments.
B. The newspaper was initially not keen to do it.
C. It led to the café becoming successful.
7. Nicky says that, since the success of the café,

A. she has had to raise the minimum charge.
B. some celebrities have complained about having to queue.
C. she has made rules about behavior inside it.
42
21. For questions 1-15, read the text STARTING A BUSINESS and decide which word A,B,
C or D best fits each space.
Running your own business can provide really high job satisfaction – the satisfaction of being in
(1) ________ of your own life and making your own (2) ___________ about how things should be
done.
If you are ambitious, you may want to achieve (3) __________ on a large scale and eventually to
become rich. Or it may be (4) ____________ for you simply to enjoy work more and to achieve a
modest increase (5) _____________ living standards at the same time.
It’s important to take into (6) ___________ the less desirable aspects of the job as (7) ________.
For instance, if problems (8) ____________, it will be up to you to sort them (9) __________.
You’ll probably have to work harder and longer hours, especially in the (10) __________ stages.
You’ll probably see less of your family and friends too. And, of course, you won’t enjoy the
security of a (11) _________ pay packet.
If you see all this as a challenge (12) _________than a disadvantage, you have at (13)_________
one of the qualities needed for success. Other qualities (14)_________: the ability to work on
one’s own, a refusal to (15) ____________ up, and a willingness to take on responsibility.
1 A duty B charge C head D position

2 A alterations B proposals C ideas D decisions
3 A courage B power C success D security
4 A many B enough C too D lot
5 A at B on C in D for
6 A account B mind C thought D contemplation
7 A much B also C too D well
8 A rise B raise C arise D happen
9 A up B in C through D out
10 A initiation B early C starting D beginning
11 A permanent B square C regular D usual
12 A rather B instead C otherwise D other
13 A last B least C once D most
14 A compose B contain C consist D include
15 A give B work C turn D draw
22. Read the text Who is ambitious now? and fill in the gaps with the appropriate
grammar form of the corresponding word in the right column.
Mohamed Al Fayed knows all about ambition; he is an incredibly wealthy and successful
man. His businesses include the Ritz Hotel in Paris and London’s most exclusive department store,
Harrods. He gives millions to charity every year and his family socializes with the most glamorous
people in the world. (Tragically, his son, Dodi, died in the same car as Princess Diana.) He also
owns a huge yacht, several private planes and he even has his own football team, which competes
in the top English league.
Al Fayed grew up as part of an ordinary Egyptian family in the 1930s;
his father was a schoolteacher and they certainly ___________________a lot Not to Have
of money. In fact, one of his first jobs was selling Coca-Cola on the streets of
his home town, Alexandria.
Al Fayed ____________________because of hard work, talent and a Succeed
little bit of good luck. But society has changed since he was a young man. So,
how different are ___________________ young fliers? Today
One key difference is that business is now more about ideas and less
about things. Al Fayed has always worked in businesses that deal with
something that you can see and touch: industries like shipping, construction,
and retail. But ambitious young people today are more likely to spend their
43
careers ________________________with ideas. A recent survey of business Deal

schools has shown that the most popular field of work is management
consultancy, ___________________by marketing and the media. Follow
Perhaps modern businesspeople also see things differently. One of the
secrets of Al Fayed’s success is that he always _____________________ Put
business first. He was just twenty-four when his first marriage ended and he
stayed single for the next twenty years so that he could prioritize his work. Are
people still prepared _______________________ the same thing? In the Do
business school survey, most students said that their number one priority was a
balance between work and their family and social life. (Travel opportunities
and the chance to do challenging work were numbers two and three.)
But maybe the figures don’t tell the whole story. The top tycoons are
always an exception. You could find them in the world’s top business school
or on the streets of your home town. Who knows where the next Mohamed Al
Fayed ____________________from Come
A. whose vision inspired the world’s most successful company

B. while buying laser discs from a video store near where he had grown up
C. what he seems to like best though
D. who is liked by many people
E. when he was diagnosed with Hodgkin’s disease
F. who, with Bill Gates, launched Microsoft
G. as soon as an idea is formed
A WEALTH OF INTERESTS
So what do billionaires spend their money on? Paul Allen may not be a household name, but he
is one of the world’s richest and most influential men, with a wealth of interests and a gift for
ideas.
Paul Allen is the computer genius (1)________________, the world’s largest producer of
software, in 1975. Since then, he has built up a fortune estimated at the turn of the century to be
over $30 billion.
Allen was Vice- President in charge of research and product development
(2)______________,a form of leukaemia. He underwent radiotherapy successfully, but the
experience forced him to evaluate his life and to rethink its direction. Until that point he had been
wholly focused on his work with Microsoft but decided to leave the company in 1983. before
moving on, however, he secured a seat on the Microsoft board. As he retained a seven per cent
share of the company’s stock, the money has continued to roll in.
Allen has dedicated much of his life since then to the causes he cares about. He gives away
millions of dollars each year. He has established charitable foundations to boost the arts, save the
trees, promote literacy, build swimming pools, and fund medical research. He has financed
numerous development projects in and around the city of Seattle, and put $60 million into Aids
research, and to modernizing of libraries and theatres.
(3)__________________, it is translated into action. Typical of Allen’s approach was his idea
for saving and resurrecting the Cinerama Theater.(4)__________________, Allen noticed a “Save
the Cinerama” petition on the counter. The Cinerama was once a hugely popular entertainment
centre, but in recent years it had become sad and run down. After learning that it might become a
dinner theatre, a rock-climbing club, or even a parking lot, Allen signed the petition. Then he
bought the theatre-for $3.75 million. America’s third-richest person owns a movie house. “The
Cinerama was part of my movie-going experience growing up here,” he says. “I thought it was
important to keep.”
44
In his free time, Allen enjoys surfing the Internet, scuba diving and reading science magazines.
He has his own Boeing 757 jet, a yacht with a helipad and recording studio, and a fleet of cars. He
owns homes in Beverly Hills, Manhattan, France and elsewhere. (5)__________________ is
playing guitar with his six-piece band, the Grown men.
Because Allen is private and generally inaccessible, as billionaires tend to be, he is often
described as “shy and reclusive”. But he also has an outgoing lifestyle, rubbing shoulders with the
rich and famous. His lavish parties are legendary, and his friends include tennis star Monica Seles
and musicians Peter Gabriel and Dave Stewart.
Characterized by one friend as “smart, modest and likeable,” the man (6)_________________
is using his great wealth not only to enrich his own life, but to improve the lives of thousands of
others. As a biography of Bill Gates puts it Allen is probably “the nicest billionaire you’ll never
meet.”
24. Read the text ‘The Verger’ * by W.S. Maugham **
Albert Edward Foreman had been verger at St Peter’s, a fashionable church in Neville Square,
London, for sixteen years. Albert Edward was very proud of his job and his church. But there was
one special feature about Albert: he couldn’t read or write. When one day a new vicar discovered
this, he told him that unless he learnt to read and write within three months, he would lose his job.
Albert Edward refused and the vicar gave him a month’s notice to leave. That evening Albert sadly
locked the church and began to walk home.
Albert Edward was a non-smoker and a total abstainer, but with a certain latitude; that is to say he
liked a glass of beer with his dinner and when he was tired he enjoyed a cigarette. It occurred to
him now that a cigarette would comfort him and since he did not carry them he looked about him
for a shop where he could buy a packet of Gold Flake***. He did not at once see one and walked
on a little. It was a long street but there was not a single shop where you could buy cigarettes.
‘That’s strange,’ said Albert Edward.
To make sure, he walked right up the street again. No, there was no doubt about it. He stopped and
looked reflectively up and down.
‘I can’t be the only man who walks along this street and wants a cigarette,’ he said. ‘A person who
had a little shop here selling tobacco and sweets would do very well.’
He stopped suddenly.
‘That’s an idea,’ he said. ‘Strange how things come to you when you least expect it.’
He turned and walked home and had his tea.
Next day he went along the street and by good luck found a little shop to let that looked as though
it would exactly suit him. Twenty-four hours later he had taken it, and when a month after that he
left St. Peter’s, Neville Square, for ever, Albert Foreman set up in business as a tobacconist and
newsagent. His wife said it was a dreadful come-down after being verger of St Peter’s, but he
answered that you had to move with the times, the church wasn’t what it was. Albert Edward did
very well. He did so well that in the course of ten years he had acquired no less than ten shops and
he was making money hand over fist. He went round to all of them himself every Monday,
collected the week’s takings and took them to the bank.
One morning when he was there paying in a bundle of notes and a heavy bag of silver, the cashier
told him that the manager would like to see him. He was shown into an office and the manager
shook hands with him.
‘Mr Foreman, I wanted to have a talk with you about the money you’ve got in deposit with us. Do
you know exactly how much it is?’
‘Not within a pound or two, sir; but I’ve got a pretty rough idea.’
‘Apart from what you paid in this morning it’s a little over thirty thousand pounds. That’s a very
large sum to have on deposit and I should have thought you would do better to invest it.’
‘I wouldn’t want to take any risks, sir. I know it’s safe in the bank.’
45
‘You needn’t have the least anxiety. We’ll make you out a list of absolutely gilt-edged
securities****. They’ll bring you in a better rate of interest that we can possibly afford to give
you.’
A troubled look settled on Mr Foreman’s distinguished face. ‘I’ve never had anything to do with
stocks and shares ***** and I would have to leave them all in your hands,’ he said.
The manager smiled. ‘We’ll do everything. All you have to do next time you come in is just sign
some forms.’
‘I could do that all right,’ said Albert uncertainly. ‘But how should I know what I was signing?’
‘I suppose you can read,’ said the manager a trifle sharply.
Mr Foreman gave him a disarming smile.
‘Well, sir, that’s just it. I can’t. I know it sounds funny, but there it is. I can’t read or write, only
my name, and I only learnt to do that when I went into business.’
The manager was so surprised that he jumped up from his chair. ‘That’s the most extraordinary
thing I’ve ever heard.’
‘You see, it’s like this, sir. I never had the opportunity until it was too late and then somehow I
wouldn’t. I got obstinate, if you know what I mean.’
The manager stared at him as though he were a prehistoric monster.
‘And do you mean to say that you’ve built up this important business and amassed a fortune of
thirty thousand pounds without being able to read or write? Good God, man, what would you now
be if you had been able to?’
‘I can tell you that, sir,’ said Mr Foreman, a little smile still on his aristocratic features. ‘I’d be
verger of St Peter’s, Neville Square.’
Study the notes

* verger – someone who looks after a church
** William Somerset Maugham (1874-1965)-an English short story writer. His novels include Of
Human Bondage, The Moon and Sixpence and Cakes and Ale.
*** Gold Flake – a once popular brand of cigarettes
**** gilt-edged securities – a form of financial investment which doesn’t lose its value easily
***** stocks and shares – financial units which make up the market value of a company. These
can be bought and sold on the stock exchange and can increase or decrease in value.
25. Find the word or expression in the text which has a similar meaning to the following:
1. thoughtfully –
2. to be successful in business-
3. making a lot of money-
4. worry-
5. a worried expression-
6. aristocratic-
7. a little angrily-
8. very strange or funny-
9. stubborn
10. collected

1. What did Mr Foreman do for a living?
2. Did he like his job?
3. Why did he have to leave it?
4. What lifestyle did Mr Foreman have?
5. On what occasions did he smoke?
6. How did the idea of opening a tobacco shop come to his head?
7. When did Mr Foreman set up his tobacco and newsagent’s business?
8. Was he a success as a businessman?
46
9. Why did the manager of the bank want to see him one day?
10. Why did Mr Foreman refuse to invest the money he had on his deposit?
11. How did the bank manager feel on hearing the reason?
12. What would Mr Foreman do if he could read or write?
13. What is ironic about this story?
27. Summarize the story.
28. Read the text WHAT ARE YOU WORKING FOR and for questions 1-7 choose the best
answer A,B, C or D.
Have you ever asked yourself what you are working for? If you have ever had the time to
(1)_______________ this taboo question, or put it to others in moments of weakness or
confidentiality, you (2) ______________well have heard some or all of the (3)__________. It’s
the money of course, some say with a smile, as if explaining something to a small child. Or it’s the
satisfaction of (4)________________ well done, the sense of achievement behind the clinching of
an important (5) ____________, I worked as a bus conductor once, and I can’t say I (6)
_________ the same as I staggered along the swaying gangway trying to (7) _________________
our tickets without falling over into someone’s lap. It’s the company of other people perhaps, but
if that is the (8) ___________, what about farmers? Is it the conversation in the farmyard that
keeps them captivated by the job?
Work is power and a sense of status say those (9)________________ have either attained
these elusive goals, or feel aggrieved that nobody has yet recognized their leadership (10). Or we
can blame it all on someone else, the family or the taxman. I suspect that most of us hoping for
something to (12) ______________ up. We’ll win the pools, and tell the boss what we really
think. We’ll scrape together the (13) ___________ and open that little shop we always dreamed of,
or go (14) ___________ the world, or spend more time in the garden. One day we’ll get that (15)
________ we deserve, but until then at least we have something to do. And we are so busy doing it
that we won’t have time to wonder why.
1 A propose B meditate C consider D launch

2 A might B can C will D should
3 A below B rest C following D latter
4 A work B a job C a task D an effort
5 A deal B position C job D engagement
6 A enjoyed B wished C hoped D felt
7 A make B turn C issue D give
8 A one B case C question D former
9 A people B must C who D to
10 A qualities B status C property D requirements
11 A oath B suspicion C breath D pressure
12 A move B turn C ease D end
13 A resources B opportunities C rest D money
14 A round B over C into D to
15 A ambition B station C vocation D promotion
29. Discuss the following questions:

1. How important is good education and qualifications in finding a job? Is there a relationship
between the education/ qualifications you have and the money you earn?
2. Why do so many people in the modern world become workaholics? Could this be called a
disease?
47
3. Should teenagers work, e.g. take up part-time or holiday jobs, in order to earn some money of
their own? At what age should people start earning money?
4. What, in your opinion, motivates people most to work: boredom, the need to make a living or
the need for respect and social recognition? Can you think of other reasons?
5. At some time in your life you will face a dilemma: to have a family or to make a career. Do you
have to sacrifice your personal life if you want career advancement?
♫30. You are going to hear four women talking about balancing a career with raising
children. Match speakers A-D to statements 1-8. There is one statement you cannot match to
any of the speakers. (Exam Excellence Unit 7 Listening exam 4 16)
A. Tara Hastings
B. Janice Pepper
C. Linda Stern
D. Vaness Carroll
1. She doesn’t miss the luxuries that working couples without children have. _________
2. She believes family is more important than having a career. _________
3. She planned he career so that having children would not affect it so much. ________
4. She thinks her partner should have given up his job to stay with the children so she could
return to her career. __________
5. Her partner had to work longer hours when she gave up her job to be with their kids.
_________
6. She accepted a lower salary so she could be in a better position at a smaller company.
_________
7. She is raising her children on her own besides having a job. __________
8. She didn’t want to be old when her children left high school. __________
Having a happy family and personal life is more important than a successful career.
What is your opinion? Write 200-250 words. Use the following plan:
1. Introduction (State the problem).
2. Express your opinion and give reasons for it.
3. Give other people’s arguments and explain why they are wrong.
4. Conclusion.
48
TOPIC 10. ENGLISH SPEAKING COUNTRIES.

THE UK
1. Read the text and сhoose suitable headings for the six paragraphs. There is one heading
A. the probable creators of Stonehenge

B. the location of Stonehenge
C. the true purpose of Stonehenge
D. the most common idea of constructing Stonehenge
E. the size and form of Stonehenge
F. the skeptical attitude to the concept of constructing Stonehenge
G. the modern notion of Stonehenge use
1. ______________________________________
Stonehenge, a prehistoric monument near Salisbury in southwestern England, dates from the late
Stone and early Bronze ages. Stonehenge was a ritual monument for prehistoric people.
2. ______________________________________
The monument, now in ruins, consists of a circular group of large upright stones surrounded by a
circular earthwork. Stonehenge is the best preserved and most celebrated of the megalithic
monuments of Europe. It is not a single structure, but a series of structures that were rebuilt,
revised, and remodeled over a period of approximately 1,500 years.
3. ______________________________________
Little is known of Stonehenge’s architects. In the 17th century, English antiquary John Aubrey
proposed that Stonehenge was a temple built by Druids, a castle of Celtic priests encountered by
the Romans as they conquered ancient Britain in the 1st century A.D. Another early notion was that
the Romans themselves constructed the monument. These theories were disproved in the 20th
century, when archaeologists showed that work on Stonehenge began some 2,000 years before
Celts, and later Romans, had arrived in the area. Today it is widely believed that Neolithic peoples
of the British Isles began constructing the monument about 5,000 years ago.
4. _______________________________________
Why Stonehenge was constructed remains unknown. Most scholars agree that it must have been a
sacred and special place of religious rituals or ceremonies. Many have speculated that Stonehenge
was built by Sun worshipers. The axis of Stonehenge, which divides the sarsen horseshoe and
aligns with the monument’s entrance, is oriented broadly toward the direction of the midsummer
sunrise.
5. _______________________________________
In the early 1960s, American astronomer Gerald S. Hawkins theorized that Stonehenge was an
astronomical observatory and calendar of surprising complexity. Hawkins suggested that ancient
people used the monument to anticipate a wide range of astronomical phenomena, including the
summer and winter solstices and eclipses of both the Sun and the Moon.
6.________________________________________
The astronomical interpretation of Stonehenge remains popular today, despite many uncertainties.
Some scholars are doubtful that the people who constructed Stonehenge and other sites of the era
possessed the mathematical sophistication necessary to predict many of the events that Hawkins
theorized. They note that Stonehenge’s architects may have been aware of the subtle movements
of the Sun, Moon, and other heavenly bodies without having an analytically advanced
understanding of astronomy.
1 2 3 4 5 6
49
2. Read the text. Several phrases have been removed from the text. Fill in the gaps with the
suitable phrases. There is one extra phrase.
Elizabeth I was the longest-reigning English monarch in nearly two centuries and the first
woman 1 ___________________. Called Glorianna and Good Queen Bess, Elizabeth enjoyed
enormous popularity during her life and became an even greater legend after her death.
Elizabeth’s parents were disappointed when she was born. They desperately wanted a son.
But Elizabeth eventually became one of England’s greatest rulers.
Elizabeth’s reign was marked by her effective use of Parliament and the Privy Council,
2 ______________________. She also developed legal institutions in the English counties.
Elizabeth firmly established Protestantism in England. She set up a new Church of England
3 ____________________.
Elizabeth encouraged English enterprise and commerce. During Elizabeth’s reign, England
expanded trade overseas and 4 __________________. Private shipbuilding boomed and
navigational advances made long sea voyages safer 5 ________________.
In 1587 the Spanish king Philip began organizing an immense naval fleet, the Spanish
Armada, for a direct attack upon England. The defeat of the armada was one of the greatest
achievements of Queen Elizabeth I. It established the glory of the English navy
6 ______________________________.
Elizabeth’s reign was noted for the English Renaissance. An outpouring of poetry and
drama led by William Shakespeare, Edmund Spenser, and Christopher Marlowe remains
unsurpassed in English literary history.
She was the last of the Tudor monarchs, never marrying or producing an heir,
7 _____________.
A. that pleased most of her people

B. because it stimulated English nationalism
C. and was succeeded by her cousin, James VI of Scotland
D. as a result the merchant community grew
E. that led to establishing the first English outposts in North America
F. who successfully occupied the English throne
G. a small advisory body of the important state officials
H. and inspired merchants and explorers toward colonization of a wider world.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3. You are going to read an article about the UK. For questions 1-7, choose the answer
The United Kingdom is a constitutional monarchy in northwestern Europe, officially called

the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland. Great Britain is the largest island in the
cluster of islands , or an archipelago, known as the British Isles. England is the largest and most
populous division of the island of Great Britain, making up the south and east. Wales is in the west
and Scotland is in the north. Northern Ireland is located in the northeast corner of Ireland, the
second largest island in the British Isles. The capital of the United Kingdom is the city of London,
situated near the southeastern tip of England.
The United Kingdom contains a number of small islands. These include the Isle of Wight,
which lies off of England’s southern coast; Anglesey, off the northwest coast of Wales; the Isles of
Scilly in the English Channel; the Hebrides archipelago to the west of Scotland, consisting of the
Inner and the Outer Hebrides; the Orkney Islands to the northeast of Scotland; and the Shetland
Islands farther out into the North Sea from Scotland.
50
Several dependencies and dependent territories are associated with the United Kingdom.
The dependencies, located close to Britain, are the Isle of Man in the Irish Sea and the Channel
Islands off the northern coast of France. These dependencies, while not technically part of the
United Kingdom, maintain a special relationship with it. The Channel Islands were once part of
the Duchy of Normandy and retain much of their original French culture. The Isle of Man,
controlled by Norway during the Middle Ages, came under English rule in the 14th century. Both
dependencies are largely self-governing and have their own legislative assemblies and systems of
law. Britain is responsible for their international relations and defense.
Britain’s dependent territories are scattered throughout the world and are the remains of the
former British Empire. They are generally small in area and without many resources. Once
considered colonies, they have opted to remain under British control for a variety of reasons.
People often confuse the names for this country, and frequently make mistakes in using
them. United Kingdom, UK, and Britain are all proper terms for the entire nation, although the
term Britain is often used when talking about the island of Great Britain. The use of the term
Great Britain to refer to the entire nation is now outdated; the term Great Britain, properly used,
refers only to the island of Great Britain, which does not include Northern Ireland. The term
England should never be used to describe Britain, because England is only one part of the island.
It is always correct to call people from England, Scotland, or Wales British, although people from
England may also properly be called English, people from Scotland Scottish, and people from
Wales Welsh.
The United Kingdom is a small nation in physical size. At 244, 110 sq km, the United
Kingdom is roughly the size of Oregon or Colorado, or twice the size of New York State. It is
located as far north in latitude as Labrador in North America, but like the rest of northern Europe,
it is warmed by the Gulf Stream flowing out of the South Atlantic Ocean. The climate, in general,
is mild, chilly, and often wet. Rain or overcast skies can be expected for up to 300 days per year.
These conditions make Britain lush and green, with rolling plains in the south and east and rough
hills and mountains to the west and north.
Despite its relatively small size, Britain is highly populated, with an estimated population
density of 243 persons per sq km in 2000. It is highly developed economically, preeminent in the
arts and sciences, sophisticated in technology, and highly prosperous. In general, British subjects
belong to one of the more affluent states of Europe and enjoy a high standard of living compared
to the rest of the world.
1. According to the text,

A. Great Britain is an archipelago.
B England is the most densely populated part of the United Kingdom.
C. England is the largest island.
D. Northern Ireland is situated in the northern part of Great Britain.
2. The Isle of Man and the Channel Islands are British dependencies because
A. they have their own legislative assemblies.
B. they belonged to France and Norway.
C. they are located near the British Isles.
D. Britain is liable for their international relations and defense.
3. Britain’s dependent territories

A. are the British colonies.
B. are rich in natural resources.
C. may be found far from Great Britain.
D. may be scattered.
4. Which statement corresponds to the text:

A. The proper use of the term Great Britain refers to the entire nation.
51
B. The inhabitants of the UK should be called English.

C. The term Britain may be used when speaking of the whole country.
D. The expression “the island of Great Britain” can be changed by the term “Great Britain”.
5. The United Kingdom is

A. two times as little as New York.
B. situated on the same latitude as Labrador.
C. far more northern than Labrador.
D. far more southern that Labrador.
6. The text lacks mentioning

A. the climate of the UK.
B. the landscape of the UK.
C. the average temperature of the UK.
D. the geographical position of the UK.
7. The word “subjects” in the text means

A. parts of the UK.
B. states of Europe.
C. branches of industry.
D. people of the UK.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4. Read the text and fill in the gaps with the appropriate grammar form of the corresponding
word in the right column.
Westminster Abbey, the ___________________ church in Great Famous

Britain, preserves many of the traditions of the British people.
Located in London and officially known as the Collegiate Church
of Saint Peter in Westminster, it _____________________ in Build
stages between the 11th and 19th centuries and comprises the main
chapels, cloister, chapter house, and towers. Construction was
begun by the English king Edward the Confessor in 1050 and the
abbey was rebuilt in its present Gothic style ________________ Start
In 1245. English monarchs since William the Conqueror in 1066
________________________ in the abbey, and many from Crown
Edward’s time until 1760 ____________________ in its chapels. Bury
The tombs of famous citizens – among them the poet Geoffrey
Chaucer, the physicist Isaac Newton, and the naturalist Charles
Darwin - are located in the main church of the abbey. The abbey
also _________________ monuments to prominent political figures Contain
and, in the four bays and aisles comprising the ________________ Poet
Corner, tributes to Shakespeare and other outstanding literary
personages.
UK parliament: tradition …
In the 14th century, the British parliament split into two
_______________, the House of Lords, which included the bishops DIVIDE
and the aristocracy (or ‘peers’), and the House of Commons, which
52
included ________________________ of the ordinary people. The REPRESENT

two Houses still exist today, but over the centuries the elected
House of Commons has become the more _________________. POWER
The Lords, whose members are not elected and who
_______________________ inherited their seat in the House from TRADITION
their fathers, no longer have the automatic right to block new laws.
The British parliament is one of the oldest ____________________ PARLIAMENT
systems in the world, and foreigners are often puzzled by some of
its ancient customs. During debates in the House of Commons, for
example, members are not permitted to refer to each other by name,
but must use the title “The ________________ Member”. The Lord HONOUR
Chancellor, who controls debates in the House of Lords, must sit on
the ‘woolsack’, a seat filled with wool that originated in the 14th
century when wool was a symbol of Britain’s _________________. PROSPER
The position of the Lord Chancellor will soon be abolished. This is
just one of the radical changes that have been imposed on the 700-
year-old parliament in recent years, including the creation of a
separate Scottish Parliament and Welsh and Northern Irish
Assemblies.
6. For questions 1-7, read the text below and decide which word A,B, C or D best fits each
space.
Prince of Wales
If you happen to be in Wales, be sure to visit Caernarvon, an ancient town, at least 2,000 years old.
The Romans built a great fort there. But what overshadows everything else in Caernarvon is the
castle. When Edward I, King of England, was trying to conquer Wales, he built a great line of
castles, but Caernarvon was the most magnificent of all. After Edward I conquered Wales, the two
Welsh leaders were killed, but the Welsh people, though they were (1) ______, were rebellious.
There were a number of chieftains who were (2) _____of one another and did not want to (3)
______the English king. Three or four of them came to see Edward, who with his wife Eleanor,
was staying at Caernarvon Castle, to tell their complaints. They wanted, they said, to be ruled not
by an English King, but by a Prince of Wales, born in Wales, of royal blood, and not speaking
English or French. They wanted a prince whose life was good, and who hadn’t hurt any man. After
a little thought Edward told them to ask all the chiefs and their followers to come to Caernarvon
Castle in a week’s time and he would give them a Prince of Wales who fulfilled their conditions.
The next week the great square outside the castle was (4) _______with excited people, all
wondering which of the chieftains Edward had chosen. The King appeared with his knight who
was carrying Edward’s shield flat in his hands. There was a bundle covered with a blanket on the
shield. Edward asked the Welsh if they would obey the prince who would (5)_______ all their
demands. The people promised to keep their (6)______ . Then Edward turned to the knight, lifted
the blanket and showed a small baby. He said: “Here is your prince. My son, a prince of royal
blood, born a week ago in Wales, in Carnarvon Castle; he speaks no word of English, and he has
hurt no man alive. Edward, Prince of Wales!” The Welsh people were pleased (7)
_______chieftains and from that day to this, the eldest son of the King or the Queen of England
has always been the Prince of Wales.
1 A beaten B bit C won D struck

2 A generous B furious C jealous D conscious
3 A comply B obey C submit D conquer
4 A full B abundant C fill D crowded
5 A answer B meet C require D please
6 A heart B anger C word D account
7 A though B besides C as D except
53
THE USA
7. Read the text and сhoose suitable headings for the six paragraphs. There is one heading
A the state, known as the richest in mineral resources

B the state - home to the famous American president
C the first state where women’s suffrage won a victory
D the state - number one to join the USA
E the state with the mildest climate
F the state with a variety of scenery
G the state next to last admitted to the USA
►1. ________________________
The name Wyoming is a contraction of the Native American word mecheweamiing (“at the big
plains”), and was first used by the Delaware people as a name for the Wyoming Valley in
northeastern Pennsylvania. Wyoming is known as the Cowboy State and the Equality State. The
latter recognizes Wyoming as the first state to specifically give women the right to vote, which it
did as a territory in 1869 and retained upon entering the Union. Cheyenne is Wyoming’s capital
and largest city.
►2. ________________________
Texas is the size of Ohio, Indiana, and all the new England and Middle Atlantic states combined,
and its vast area compasses forests, mountains, deserts and dry plains, and a long, humid
subtropical coastal lowland. Texas’ wealth of mineral resources is almost unequaled among the
other states. The rapid economic development stimulated by these resources and the state’s vast
size have made Texas an American legend. Oil wells, chemicals, ranches, and cattle have played a
major part in that legend. Texas was an independent republic until it joined the Union on
December 29, 1845, as the 28th state.
►3. ________________________
Delaware is one of the South Atlantic states of the United States. It occupies part of the peninsula
between Delaware Bay and Chesapeake Bay. Delaware was one of the 13 original states.
Delawareans played a major role in the events that occurred during and after the American
Revolution, and on December 7, 1787, Delaware became the first of the original 13 states to ratify
the Constitution of the United States.
Delaware is primarily an industrial state. Most of the manufacturing industries are located in New
Castle County, although a number of industrial plants have been established oin the two southern
counties.
►4.________________________
Kentucky has had a rich and varied history since frontier times, when it was the haunt of Daniel
Boone and other famous pioneers. Located on the border between the historical U.S. regions of the
North and the South, the state officially remained in the Union during the American Civil War.
But the state was a contested area, and a considerable number of its citizens fought with the
Confederate army. Significantly, the key Civil War political figures of the Union and the
Confederacy, Abraham Lincoln and Jefferson Davis, were both born in Kentucky. Kentucky
slowly recovered from the war, and in the remaining decades of the 19th century, its people began
to develop the manufacturing sector of the state’s economy that remains its cornerstone today.
►5. _________________________
Alaska is the northernmost and westernmost state of the United States, and the largest state of the
Union. It occupies the extreme northwestern region of the North American continent and is
separated from Asia by the 82-km- (51-mi-) wide Bering Strait. Alska has belonged to the United
54
States since 1867, when it was bought from Russia by Secretary of State William H. Seward. The
United States paid Russia $7.2 million for the rights of the Russian American Company in Alaska.
By 1900 Alaska had become a land of golden opportunity as one gold discovery followed another
and prospectors arrived by the tens of thousands. Although the gold rush was over within a few
years, many people settled in Alaska, and fishing developed as an important industry. On January
3, 1959, Alaska was admitted to the Union as the 49th state.
►6._________________________
Florida leads all other states in the production of citrus fruits. Each year the state accounts for two-
thirds of the total U.S. citrus crop. It ranks first in the nation in the production of oranges and
grapefruit. Other kinds of citrus fruits grown include tangerines, tangelos, and limes. Sugarcane is
extremely sensitive to frost, and where frosts occur, it must be replanted every year. The
southernmost part of Florida is one of the few places in the mainland United States where such
replanting is not necessary. Six to seven crops may be obtained from one planting. The city of
Clewiston, on the southern shore of Lake Okeechobee, is the centre of Florida’s sugarcane
cultivation.
1 2 3 4 5 6
The Congress of the United States is a legislative branch of the United States government.
Congress is composed of two chambers with equal powers: the 100-member Senate and the 435-
member House of Representatives. The primary duty of Congress is to write, debate, and pass
bills, 1 ______________________. Once the president approves the legislation, the executive
branch enforces the new laws and the judicial branch interprets them. Other congressional duties
include investigating pressing national issues, supervising the executive and judicial branches, 2
____________________.
The Constitution of the United States grants Congress “all legislative powers” in the national
government. Article I, Section 8, of the Constitution lists a wide range of congressional powers,
including printing money, maintaining a military, declaring war, and regulating interstate and
foreign commerce. Congress also controls federal taxing and spending policies.
Congress shares many powers with the president. Congress takes equal responsibility with the
president in framing U.S. foreign policy. The president and his representatives negotiate treaties
with other countries, but the treaties go into effect only 3 ____________________.
Similarly, the president appoints ambassadors, federal judges, and many other governmental
officials, 4 ___________________.
Congress also shares control over the military with the president. Congress has the authority to
declare war and provide funding for soldiers and weapons, 5 ____________________.
The Constitution limits congressional power. The original articles of the Constitution and the Bill
of Rights – the first ten amendments to the Constitution – forbid Congress to pass some type of
laws. The First Amendment, for example, prevents Congress from creating a national religion. It
also declares that Congress cannot violate certain basic freedoms 6 ______________.
A. and shaping U.S. foreign policy

B. when the Senate approves them
C. which are then passed on to the president for approval
D. such as freedom of the press, speech, association, and petition
E. but the president serves as the commander-in-chief of the armed forces
F. which duty is to pass new laws
G. but they must be confirmed by the Senate
1 2 3 4 5 6
55
9. You are going to read an article about the USA. For questions 1-7, choose the answer
Geography
The USA is situated in the central part of the North American continent. Its total area is
over 9 mln square km. The USA is washed by the Atlantic ocean in the east and by the Pacific
ocean in the west. In the north the USA borders on Canada and in the south – on Mexico.
The continental part of the USA consists of 2 highland regions and 2 lowland regions. The
highland regions are the Appalachian Mountains, running parallel to the Atlantic coast, and the
Cordillera, stretching along the Pacific coast with the Sierra Nevada in the south and the Rocky
Mountains in the north.
Between the Cordillera and the Appalachian Mountains are the Central lowlands, which are
called the prairie and the eastern lowlands, called the Mississippi valley. The Mississippi with its
main tributary Missouri form the longest river in the USA. Besides the Mississippi the principal
rivers of the USA are the Hudson and the St. Lawrence rivers in the east and the Colorado and the
Columbia in the west. The rivers in the west are unsuitable for navigation, but, being cut by rapids,
they serve as an immense source of electric power.
The northern part of the USA embraces the region of the five Great Lakes (Superior,
Huron, Michigan, Erie and Ontario). They are connected by natural channels, cut by rapids. The
greatest of these rapids is the Niagara Falls. The water of the Great Lakes has its outlet into the
Atlantic ocean by the St. Lawrence River. In the west of the USA there is another lake, called the
Great Salt Lake.
Being crossed by mountain ranges from north to south, the country is unprotected from
blasts of cold air, blowing from the north, and of warm air from the south. This is the cause of
great temperature fluctuations. On the whole, the USA has a continental climate.
National Economy
The USA is a highly developed industrial country. Large reserves of such mineral
resources as coal, iron and oil form a solid base for the development of the heavy industries,
including such branches as the mining, metallurgical, engineering and chemical industries. Being
well-developed light industry includes textile, leather and footwear industries.
Agriculture is also highly mechanized. Wheat and grain crops growing is wide-spread in
the prairie regions. Fruit, cotton and tobacco plantations are in the south-east of the country. Along
with the arable farming, poultry- and cattle-farming are prominent in the economy of the USA.
1. According to the text the Central lowlands

A. are called the Mississippi valley
B. are between the Sierra Nevada and the Rocky Mountains
C. are one of the three lowland regions in the USA
D. are in the continental part of the USA
2. As far as the mountains of the USA are concerned

A. the Cordillera mountains run parallel to the Pacific coast
B. the Appalachian mountains are the highest mountains in the USA
C. the Sierra Nevada mountains are in the north
D. the Rocky mountains protect the country from the cold air from the north
3. The Columbia river

A. has an outlet into the Atlantic ocean
B. is used for navigation from April till October
C. plays a great role in the economy of the USA
D. ranks second after the Mississippi river
56
4. The text provides us with the following information about the lakes in the USA:
A. Salt Lake City is one of the Five Great Lakes.
B. Five Great Lakes are on the border between the USA and Canada
C. All the Great Lakes are connected by canals
D. Great Lakes have an outlet into the Pacific ocean
5. As to the national economy of the USA

A. there is no base for the development of heavy industries
B. large resources of oil form the base for the development of metallurgical industry
C. the USA citizens mostly wear imported clothes and footwear
D. chemical industry is highly developed in the USA
6. As to the development of the agricultural sector

A. one of the main imports of the USA are fruit and cotton
B. the USA is mainly an agricultural country
C. Wheat and grain crops are in the Central Lowlands
D. Tobacco plantations are in the east-west of the country
7. The text lacks mentioning the fact that

A. The continental part of the USA consists of 4 regions
B. One of the US states is washed by the Arctic ocean
C. The Missouri is the main tributary of the Mississippi
D. Ontario is one of the five great lakes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
The Statue of Liberty is so closely identified with the United

States that it is almost impossible to imagine the Lady standing
____________________ than on Liberty Island, with her gaze Any
directed out over the Atlantic. But had historical events gone as
Bartholdi originally planned, the colossal sculpture
__________________ not in New York Harbour but at the Hold
mouth of the Suez Canal. Bartholdi was a sculptor of limited
talent but of grandiose vision and tireless energy. He
__________________ with the ambition to create some new Seize
colossus that would symbolize the values of his own time, just
as the ancient monuments had personified the values of
______________________. When he first visited Egypt in They
1856, talk of the grand engineering project at Suez was already
in the air (excavations for the canal began three years later.) In
1867, two years before the canal was opened, Bartholdi
proposed to Ismail Pasha, the ruler of Egypt, that a lighthouse in
the form of an Egyptian peasant – robbed, female, and, like
Liberty, carrying a torch – be constructed at the entrance to the
canal. Bartholdi _________________ for two years on the Work
project, which he called Progress of Egypt Carrying the Light to
Asia. He even attended the Suez Canal opening ceremonies and
showed Ismail Pasha his plans. But to Bartholdi’s
disappointment, the Egyptian leader, troubled with a great
57
amount of debt and other problems, ________________interest Lose

in the scheme. In 1865, however, it was proposed that the
people of France _____________________a monument in the Construct
United States that would celebrate American independence and
the bonds between the two nations. Bartholdi turned with
increased vigor to the idea of an American colossus. In 1871 he
journeyed to the United States _________________ a harbor Find
for the statue. He was impressed with America but did not find
everything to his liking. New York was the
__________________ busiest port and largest city, and thus an Nation
obvious choice for Liberty. The sculptor selected for the site of
his monument Bedloe’s Island (renamed Liberty Island in
1956), which had a commanding view of the harbor. Plans for
“Egypt” were reshaped to fit “Liberty”, and in France fund-
raising for the project began. The statue cost $250,000,
______________________ by French people. Contribute
The first Tuesday after the first Monday in November is

Election Day. It is a __________________holiday. Since 1845, LEGALIZE
by Act of Congress, this date has been set aside for elections.
On this day American citizens elect their public officials,
president, congressmen, _______________________, mayors GOVERN
and judges. A president is elected every four years,
congressmen every two years and ___________________ every SENATE
six years. All states require that voters be citizens of the United
States. They can be born in the country or ______________. NATURAL
They have to be 18 years old by election day. They must have a
voter ____________________ card and live for a certain REGISTER
amount of time in the country. Polls are places where people go
to vote. At the ________________ place election supervisors POLL
check the voter’s ______________________. The voter then IDENTIFY
enters the voting booth. Inside the booth there is often a voting
machine. There he votes alone and in secret, in the PRIVATE
__________________ of the voting booth. The names of the
candidates and their _________________ party are listed on the POLICY
machine. The voter chooses the candidate and then the machine
counts the vote. Voting machines are _____________________ HELP
in getting fast results without mistakes. Candidates receiving
the most votes are elected.
space.
Roosevelt and the Great Depression

When Roosevelt became president, on March 4, 1933, and with his wife, Eleanor Roosevelt,
moved into the White House, the Great Depression was at its (1) … . The American depression
had begun with the stock market crash in New York City in October 1929. As a result, the banking
system had collapsed. Many states had declared so-called bank holidays to (2) … banks from
being ruined when their clients withdrew all their money. People who had been successful
suddenly found themselves penniless overnight. Sixteen million or more people were unemployed,
58
and many had been out of (3) … for a year or even longer. In 1932 nearly two million Americans
were without homes moving from one locality to another. They were what Fortune magazine
called the Depression’s “wandering population”. Whether Americans would be (4) … with the
new leadership depended on Roosevelt’s success in bringing aid to those in distress and in
achieving some measure of economic improvement. Roosevelt’s first inaugural address, with its
promise to make war upon the depression and its final phrase, “the only thing we have to fear is
fear (5) …, “ brought a new style to the U.S. presidency. Roosevelt was (6) …., both in himself as
a leader and in the American people. The prospect of change offered hope to the millions of people
trapped in the depression. But the despair and the bitterness which people felt took time to (7) …
away.
1 A beginning B worst C middle D centre

2 A not give B convince C prevent D protrude
3 A home B house C work D employment
4 A glad B satisfied C joined D helpful
5 A us B ourselves C oneself D itself
6 A confident B honest C believed D reserved
7 A pass B leave C put D keep
13. Dialogue (3-4 minutes) You and your friend are thinking of going abroad during the school
holidays. You are discussing which country will be the best option to improve your language
skills. You can go to:
• The UK
• The USA
• Australia
• Canada
• New Zealand
Remember to:
14. This is part of a letter from your English pen friend, who writes
… Yesterday I showed your photo to my brother(sister) and he(she) said you were a charming
girl(boy). An idea came to me: if you got married to a foreigner, how would you react to living
in a new country? Have you ever thought of living abroad? Where would you like to live if you
had a chance?
We have a new student in our class. He is from Russia.
Write back soon.

Love,
Robert
Write back to Robert, answering his questions and asking him 3 questions about a new
student in their class.
59

15. COMMENT ON THE FOLLOWING STATEMENT:
Some people think that the only way to learn English is to study abroad. Others are sure that
it is not necessary to go to an English‐speaking country to learn the language. What is your
opinion?

4.Conclusion.
60
TOPIC 11. ILLNESSES AND TREATMENT. HEALTHY

LIFESTYLE. AGE.
♫1. Listening. You will hear people talking in five different situations. For questions 1-5,
choose the best answer (A,B or C) (Laser B2 Track 12)
1. You hear a man talking. Why did he choose to become a nurse?

A. his mother used to be a nurse.
B. A nurse helped him in hospital.
C. He watched a programme on TV.
2. You hear a doctor talking. How does she feel about her work?
A. She would like more time with each patient.
B. She would like less paperwork.
C. She would like better equipment.
3. You hear a father talking to his daughter. Why is he talking to her?

A. to refuse permission
B. to give a warning
C. to make a suggestion
4. You hear a teenage girl talking about going to the dentist. How did she feel at the
dentist’s?
A. confident
B. uncomfortable
C. frightened
5. You hear a vet talking to a boy. Why has the boy brought his rabbit to the vet?
A. It isn’t eating properly.
B. There’s a problem with its eyes.
C. It doesn’t have enough energy.
2. Read the text THE NATIONAL HEALTH SERVICE IN GB and fill in the gaps with the
appropriate grammar form of the corresponding word in the right column.
The NHS (the national health service) in GB ___________________ Organize
Centrally and medical insurance is compulsory.
There ______________________ a number of private medical Be
insurance schemes in the country. Theses days such schemes
_______________________ increasingly popular as being more Become
convenient.
The modern difficulties of the NHS are the same as
___________________ faced by equivalent systems in other countries. That
The number of old people ______________________ medical care Need
________________________ dramatically since 1998. Grow
But the country spends ____________________ money per person on Little
health care than any other country in the western world.
One possible reason for this is the way that general practitioners (GPs)
_____________________. Pay
The money which they get from the government ________________ Not depend
on the number of consultations they perform, it depends on the number
of _________________________ patients. Register
61
A Doctor’s Life
Being a doctor involves a huge 1________________________ of VARY
different things. You may be involved in the 2___________________ TREAT
of colds or dealing with serios injuries and diseases, or the giving of
3_________________________. Even though many doctors try to stay INJECT
emotionally detached from their patients, it’s hard to remain
4________________________ when you know that the patient is INVOLVE
counting on you to enable them to make a full 5_________________. RECOVER
Because of this, there is a lot of pressure.
If you are a 6_____________________ or an anaesthetist, you have to SURGERY
deal with even greater 7_______________________ because it really RESPONSIBLE
can be a matter of life and death when you are performing an
8_______________________. OPERATE
Having said all that, doctors do get a huge amount of job
9________________________ knowing that they are helping their SATISFY
patients recover. Also, the range of 10 _______________________ ACTIVE
involved in a doctor’s daily life means that they rarely have time to feel
bored.
space.
Women Doctors
Throughout history, women have had 1 … for healing the sick. However, it is only in 2 … recent
times that they have been allowed to 3 … as doctors at medical schools in Britain. Yet in that short
time, they have made an enormous contribution to modern medicine.
The first female doctors were priestesses who gave advice about diseases and 4 … and prepared
medicines. In ancient Rome, women healers were considered 5 … and respected.
In Britain, for centuries male doctors were 6 … of women who practiced medicine professionally
and in 1512 a law was passed making it illegal for them to do so. Women couldn’t study medicine
at universities until the 19th Century and they only began to 7 … equality with male doctors in the
20th century.
1 A chance B opportunity C a habit D responsibility

2 A quite B very C comparatively D relatively
3 A educate B learn C study D train
4 A injuries B symptoms C healers D herbs
5 A beautiful B charming C skillful D harmless
6 A afraid B suspicious C envious D jealous
7 A gain B get C have D study
5. Read the text “A Victim to One Hundred and Seven Fatal Maladies”
(from “Three Men in a Boat” by J.K. Jerome )
I remember going to the British Museum one day to read up the treatment for some slight
ailment. I got down the book and read all I came to read; and then, in an unthinking moment, I idly
turned the leaves and began to study diseases, generally. I forgot which was the first, and before I
had glanced half down the list of “premonitory symptoms”, I was sure that I had got it.
62
I sat for a while frozen with horror; and then in despair I again turned over the pages. I
came to typhoid fever – read the symptoms – discovered that I had typhoid fever – began to get
interested in my case, and so started alphabetically.
Cholera I had with severe complications; and diphtheria I seemed to have been born with. I
looked through the twenty-six letters, and the only disease I had not got was housemaid’s knee.
I sat and thought what an interesting case I must be from a medical point of view. Students
would have no need to “walk the hospitals” if they had me. I was a hospital in myself. All they
need do would be to walk round me, and , after that take their diploma.
Then I wondered how long I had to live. I tried to examine myself. I felt my pulse. I could
not at first feel any pulse at all. Then, all of a sudden, it seemed to start off. I pulled out my watch
and timed it. I made it a hundred and forty-seven to the minute. I tried to feel my heart. I could not
feel my heart. It had stopped beating. I patted myself all over my front, from what I call my waist
up to my head but I could not feel or hear anything. I tried to look at my tongue.
I stuck it out as far as ever it would go, and I shut one eye and tried to examine it with the other. I
could only see the tip, but I felt more certain than before that I had scarlet fever.
I had walked into the reading-room a happy, healthy man. I crawled out a miserable wreck.
I went to my medical man. He is an old chum of mine, and feels my pulse, and looks at my
tongue, and talks about the weather, all for nothing, when I fancy I’m ill. So I went straight up and
saw him, and he said:
“Well, what’s the matter with you?”
I said:
“I will not take up your time, dear boy, with telling you what is the matter with me. Life is
short and you might pass away before I had finished. But I will tell you what is not the matter with
me. Everything else, however, I have got.”
Then he opened me and looked down me, and took hold of my wrist, and then he hit me
over the chest when I wasn’t expecting it – a cowardly thing to do, I call it. Afetr that he sat down
and wrote out a prescription, and folded it up and gave it to me, and I put it in my pocket and went
out.
I did not open it, I took it to the nearest chemist’s, and handed it in. The man read it, and
then handed it back. He said he didn’t keep it.
I said:
“You are a chemist?”
He said:
“I am a chemist. If I was a co-operative stores and family hotel combined, I might be able
to oblige you.”
I read the prescription. It ran:
“1 lb. beefsteak, with
1 pt. bitter beer every six hours.
1 ten-mile walk every morning.
1 bed at 11 sharp every night.
And don’t stuff up your head with things you don’t understand.”
I followed the directions with the happy result that my life was preserved and is still going on.
6. One of you will be Jerome. Ask him questions about his visit to the British Museum.
7. Summarize the story.
8. A person suffering from a state of unnecessary anxiety and worry about his health is a
hypochondriac. Look at the questionnaire and say how a hypochondriac would answer these
questions. And you?
63
1. If people ask me ‘How are you?’

a. I always answer ‘fine’.
b. I say ‘fine’ when I’m fine, and ‘not bad’ if I’m not 100%.
c. I give them full details of what’s wrong with me.
2. My attitude to my doctor is
a. I don’t go unless it’s absolutely necessary.
b. I go whenever I think I’m definitely unwell.
c. we call each other by our first names.
3. If I have a headache
a. I don’t take anything.
b. I take painkillers until it goes away.
c. I look up brain illnesses in the encyclopedia.
4. If I have a medical check-up

a. I don’t expect to find anything wrong with me.
b. I am relieved if there’s nothing wrong.
c. I am very disappointed if there’s nothing wrong.
5. My attitude to hospital soap operas on TV is

a. I never watch them.
b. I quite enjoy the drama of hospital life.
c. I learn very useful tips for treatment of illnesses.
6. My attitude to vitamins is
a. I only take them if the doctor says I need them.
b. I take vitamin C in the winter to prevent colds.
c. I take daily multi-vitamins, an iron supplement, ginseng …

1. Do you think hypochondriacs are more often men or more often women? Why?
2. Do you think people in your country tend to be hypochondriacs?
3. Do you know any hypochondriacs? What sort of things do they complain about? What are
their symptoms?
10. The Diary of a Teenage Health Freak is a best-seller with British teenagers. Its hero is Peter
Payne, who is fourteen when he discovers that he suffers from hypochondriasis, or abnormal and
unnecessary anxiety about his health. For a year he enters medical facts into his diary.
Read this extract from the diary. In it Pete shares his fears about needing to wear glasses.
Several phrases have been removed from the text. Fill in the gaps with the suitable phrases.
There is one extra phrase.
A who would test my eyes more thoroughly.

B which silenced us like a laser beam.
C but I still don’t go for the idea.
D that will do me a lot of good
E which has strained my eyes.
F but I kept unusually quiet.
G where they make you read a whole lot of numbers made up of different coloured dots.
H when she realized how unhappy I was.
64
Monday 2nd December

Got a note today for Mum about an eye test at school next week. Apparently they do one every
two or three years. First note I haven’t left in my pocket to dissolve in the washing machine (Mum
loves me for this). Bit worried about the eye test in case I fail and need glasses, especially as on
the way home Sam called John ‘four eyes’. John said, ‘Four eyes are better than two.’ It doesn’t
seem to worry him, 1 _______________________.
Monday 9th December

The day of the TEST. Kept trying to see if I could read the bus numbers on the way to school, but
no, they were just a blur in the distance through the rain. Luck however was on my side, as the eye
test was done during my PE lesson. Unlike at lunchtime, everyone was trying to get to the back of
the queue, so as to miss as much of school as possible. The school nurse, Hazel Chops, who looks
ancient and must have had at least eighteen children(perhaps that’s why they chose her?) turned a
cold eye on us all, 2 _______________________. My turn came at last. I stood in front of the
chart, which they seem to have put about five miles away, and I could only read to the third line
before the letters blurred out.
Felt really panickly, like when I know I’m going to fail an exam. Tried to remember the letters
from the last time I had had the test, but couldn’t. Asked Gary (who will do almost anything for a
hamburger) to read the letters on the chart and whisper them to me. Alas, even HIS greed
disappeared under the school nurse’s gaze. I failed and failed miserably. However, Hazel Chops
was very nice 3 ______________________. She said not to worry , she was sure there was
nothing seriously wrong but that I should go and see an optician 4 ____________________.
I told her I hated the idea of wearing glasses, then I noticed that she was wearing them which
made me feel awful. She explained that at my age, above one in five young people wear glasses,
and by my age nearly everyone does (96 per cent, was how she put it). SO there is no harm in
getting used to them early. This made me feel a bit better 5 _____________________but I still
don’t go for the idea.
At least I passed the colour test, 6 ___________________. This is to see if you can tell the
difference between green and red colours, and if you fail you can’t become an airline pilot or an
electrician. Not that I want to be either, because I actually want to be a famous scientist and most
of them wear specs anyway. Think I’ll give up telly in case Mum’s right and it’s too much
watching 7 _____________________.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1. Why do you think Pete is worried about failing the eye test?
2. Who is Hazel Chop? What is she like?
3. Why did Gary refuse to whisper the answer?
4. What was the result of the colour test?
12. Read the text “10 things you probably never knew about the common cold” and match
the questions with the answers. There is one extra question you don’t need.
A. Are colds caused by being cold?

B. How do we catch colds?
C. How often do we get colds?
D. Why do we sneeze?
E. What causes colds?
F. What can you do to relieve the symptoms?
G. Why do we cough?
H. Why does our voice deepen when we have a cold?
65
I . What preventive measures should you take not to catch a cold?

J. Will there ever be a cure?
K. Is there anything we can do when our nose is blocked?
►1. _____________________
Any one of more than 200 types of virus. One, called rhinovirus, is the most active. Under a
microscope, the virus looks like a 20-sided golf ball, but it is tiny. 50,000 of them could be put on
the head of a pin.
►2. _____________________
During the average lifetime (75 years) we’ll suffer about 210 colds, each lasting five or six days.
On any day, 50 million people worldwide have a cold, and on average we each spend three years
of our lives coughing and sneezing. Children have more colds than adults, as many as eight a year.
►3. _____________________
People traditionally link colds with cool temperatures, but although colds are more common in
winter than in summer, it’s really because in the winter we spend more time together indoors,
making cross-infection more likely. Or it may be because we are more depressed in winter and this
affects the performance of the immune system. However one thing that definitely does make us
catch more colds is being stressed.
►4. _____________________
No one is sure. It may be directly from people coughing or sneezing, or by picking a virus up on
your hand from a contaminated surface, e.g. a door handle, and then wiping your nose or touching
your eye.
►5. _____________________
Inflammation of the throat makes the vocal chords thicker and like the strings on a guitar, the
thicker they are, the deeper the sound.
►6.______________________
When we have a cold one side of the nose is normally more blocked than the other. When we fall
asleep, our body always makes sure that one nostril stays open. Apparently it does this by a
sophisticated reflex system activated by pressure on our arm as we lie on our side, keeping the
nostril on the upper side open. If you squeeze a tennis ball under your arm, you can trick the brain
into thinking you’re asleep, so opening up the other nostril.
►7.______________________
It’s a reaction to the irritation in the throat caused by colds, and is affected by personality. People
who are obsessive cough much more than others.
►8. ______________________
It is a reflex action controlled by sensitive nerves which detect the ‘invaders’ (the viruses) and get
the lungs to blow air through the nose and mouth. When the weather is cold we sneeze more often.
We close our eyes when we sneeze, in fact it’s almost impossible to keep them open. This means
that if you sneeze while you’re driving at 8okph, you’ll be driving blind for 50m.
►9. ________________________
There already is one: our immune system. If it wasn’t working a cold would kill us. There is
unlikely to be a vaccine, because there are so many different viruses and each vaccination would
work only against one type.
66
►10. _______________________
Reduce your daily consumption of dairy products such as milk and cheese and drink plenty of hot
drinks. Eat spicy food such as curry because it makes your nose run and helps to clean out the
virus. For headaches you can take painkillers. Above all, be positive and don’t worry as this tends
to make your symptoms worse.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Health smart
The cold and flu season is back again, so it’s time to brush up on
________________________ and treatment. Contrary to popular PREVENT
______________________, cooler weather doesn’t cause colds. BELIEVE
What is more likely is that we stay indoors more, giving viruses an
opportunity to spread from person to person. In _________________, ADD
the cold months are associated with low _____________________, HUMID
and the dry air makes the ____________________ cavity more NOSE
susceptible to bugs. _________________________, cases of colds CONSEQUENT
and flu surge between the beginning of autumn and spring (the
average adult gets two to four ______________________ infections a RESPIRATION
year; children even more). Because the season is upon us, it is a good
idea to revise a few cold and flu tactics.
To prevent an infection, the best __________________ is a good DEFEND
offence. The first step is to limit physical contact with the cold
________________________. When someone with a cold sneezes, SUFFER
coughs or sniffles, keep your ________________________. DISTANT
Hugging, kissing and shaking hands are sure ways to catch a cold.
Exercise 14. Use the table to make word-combinations :

1. a sore a. bad sunburn
2. a terrible b. hay fever
3. a splitting c. throat
4. food d. headache
5.dreadful e. ankle
6. really f. hangover
7. a twisted g. poisoning
Exercise 15. Fill in the gaps, using the word-combinations from Ex 10. There is one extra
word-combination.
1.Bob has got______________________________

Ann: Oh, dear – you look like death warmed up! Heavy night last night?
Bob : Yeah – good party, but I feel terrible.
Ann : Oh well, if you hadn’t drunk so much. You wouldn’t be feeling so bad now, would you?
Anyway, listen, I’ll give you my secret cure – get …
2. Dana has got_____________________________

Chris: Why are you walking like that?
Dana: My ankle’s killing me.
Chris: Oh dear, you poor thing. If you ask me, you need to …
67
3.Ed has got________________________________

Ugh! I can’t swallow anything.
Fran: Oh, yes. I know what you mean. I was the same last week. I could only eat ice-cream!
Ed: So, what did you do?
Fran: Well, you could try this …
4. Greg has got______________________________

Greg: Don’t touch my back!
Helen: Why? What’s up?
Greg: I wanted to get a tan quickly so I didn’t bother to put any sun lotion on.
Helen: Oh well, it serves you right then, doesn’t it?
Greg: It really stings.
Helen: Okay, take …
5. Jane has got_______________________________

Ian: When did it start?
Jane: After I had been playing computer games for about seven hours. I feel as if my head ‘s going
to explode.!
Ian : Oh, well , you’ve only got yourself to blame, haven’t you?
Jane: I know, I know. But I’ve taken aspirin, and it hasn’t worked.
Ian: Well, you could try …
6. Lisa has got_______________________________

Keith: Have you got a cold?
Lisa: No, I’m all right – I always get a streaming nose and red eyes at this time of the year.
Keith : That must be awful. If I were you, I’d …
16. What advice do you think each friend gives? Complete the conversations with a suitable
piece of advice.
17. Listen. Was the advice similar to your advice in Ex 12? (Inside Out UI Unit 4 19)
18. This is part of a letter from John, your English pen friend.
… I’ve broken my leg. The doctors say I must stay in bed for three weeks. Have you ever
broken an arm or a leg? Why should I stay in bed all the time? What would you advise me to
do in order not to be bored to death?
As for my family news, my sister Jane entered Oxford University…
Drop me a line when you can.
Love,
John

Write back to John, answering his questions and asking him 3 questions about his sister.
19. For questions 1-12, read the text ‘Get Ahead of That Headache’ below and decide which
word A,B, C or D best fits each space.
Millions of people 1________ from headaches. It’s a fact. What millions of people do not
know is what causes them. Headaches are 2 ________ with all kinds of health problems as well as
your being under a lot of 3 ________. Certain 4 ________like coffee can react badly with the
chemical balance in our bodies and give us a headache as well.
68
The best thing to do if your head hurts is to 5 ________an aspirin, right? Wrong! You
could be doing the worst thing possible because you are not 6 _________with the problem – only
7 ________ the symptoms. And those people who think that painkillers can’t do you any
8________ are also wrong. Medical science has proved that, if we keep taking the tablets, they
will soon 9 _______as a ‘trigger’ and, instead of curing your headache, they will 10 ________
you worse.
So what do you do 11 ________your head starts to throb? Breathe deeply. It may be that
you are not getting enough oxygen. Then, you could try massaging the side of your head with your
fingers. And close your eyes. Often your eyes are very tired, and the best 12 _________for
tiredness is sleep.
1 A die B pain C ache D suffer

2 A produced B caused C associated D based
3 A stress B worry C fear D anxiety
4 A materials B substances C vitamins D drugs
5 A take B drink C eat D put
6 A solving B removing C dealing D treating
7 A re-living B reducing C resolving D relieving
8 A badness B harm C negativity D illness
9 A perform B act C look D treat
10 A make B do C create D diagnose
11 A should B were C if D whether
12 A prescription B check-up C cure D clinic
20. In addition to treatments involving chemicals and operations there are many alternative
therapies, often practiced by people with special training but no orthodox medical
qualifications. Match the following therapies with their definitions:
A herbalism …… 1 treatment with water

B hydrotherapy …. 2 treatment with needles
C aromatherapy …. 3 treatment with plant remedies
D homeopathy ….. 4 treatment with stroking and pressure (especially muscles)
E acupuncture ….. 5 treatment with scented oils
F massage ……… 6 treatment with remedies producing symptoms similar to the disease
G osteopathy …… 7 treatment with movement and pressure (especially joints)
I had never taken much care of my health, but I __________________that I Notice
always seemed to be going down with something or other. This meant that
I often needed ________________time off work – if I wasn’t actually in Take
bed with flu then I’d be just getting over a sore throat or a nasty cold. As if
that wasn’t enough, I also suffered from frequent migraines and dizzy
spells. When I passed out at work, a colleague recommended that I should
see a homeopath. I was doubtful at first, but in the end I made an
appointment. After a long consultation , which ____________________ Cover
not only my symptoms but my entire lifestyle, the homeopath prescribed a
remedy for my migraines and gave me a lot of advice about
____________________to what my body was telling me. That was six Listen
months ago. The improvement _____________________gradual, but I Be
haven’t missed _________________work for the last four months and I Day
feel _____________________ than I have ever been. Fit
69
22. You are going to read an article about herbalism – using plants for healing. Choose from
the list A – I the sentences which best summarizes each part (1-7) of the article. There is one
extra sentence which you do not need top use.
A Science now supports the herbalists’ methods

B Information becomes more widely available
C Plans have an advantage over artificial remedies.
D Orthodox medicine replaces herbalism in popularity
E It is important not to try to treat yourself
F Herbalists’ methods vary according to training
G Herbalism has been well documented
H The use of artificial medicines has a serious drawback
I The ancient use of plants in medicine is popular again
0. _________________I __________________
The use of plants for healing is undoubtedly the world’s oldest and most comprehensive therapy.
Since the dawn of humanity a knowledge of herbal remedies has been handed down from
generation to generation. With the growth of artificial drug manufacture, the direct use of plants
became unfashionable for a while, but in recent times there has been renewed interest in herbalism
as a system of medicine that is safe, natural and cheap.
1. _______________________________________
The main purpose of herbal remedies is to activate the body’s own natural healing abilities by
rebalancing and cleansing it. Like the artificial drugs of orthodox or ‘scientific’ medicine, many
herbs also have antibiotic properties, but unlike the artificial ones they rapidly return the body to a
healthy state without damaging side-effects. When correctly prescribed, herbs can be combined to
heal any organ of the body unless it has been totally destroyed.
2. ________________________________________
The earliest known records of medicinal herbs are from northern China and date from about 5,000
years ago. Egyptian records go back almost as far and the herbs we can identify from these old
records are still in use today. There is evidence that herbal remedies continued to form the major
part of medical practice around the world for several millennia.
3. _________________________________________
The coming of printing made possible an enormous range of books on herbalism – most notably
Nicholas Culpeper’s Complete Herbal (1653). This reflected the huge demand for knowledge
about medicinal plants.
4. __________________________________________
However, from the 16th century onwards the split between herbalism and ‘scientific’ orthodox
medicine became wider and wider. Swiss chemists started the use of chemical substances (which
were often poisonous) and it became normal practice to use surgery in many areas. By the 19th
century, although knowledge of herbalism had grown considerably, herbal cures were increasingly
out of fashion.
5. ___________________________________________
About 40% of modern pre-packaged medicines now used in orthodox medical practice are
artificial variations of plant ingredients and several well-known ‘wonder-drugs’ such as aspirin are
in fact extracted from traditional medicinal herbs. Unfortunately, the process of extracting single
ingredients, and using them singly, usually produces unwanted side-effects, because it destroys the
balance of the whole herb.
6. ____________________________________________
Universities and other research institutions have confirmed the value of the traditional use of
whole herbs and also of the herbalists’ tradition of picking plant remedies at certain times of day.
They have found that at particular times the plants contain more of the substances that give them
their healing powers.
70
7. _____________________________________________
Today, medical herbalists combine a detailed understanding of the human body with knowledge of
a vast list of herbal remedies. Furthermore, they are trained to search out the root cause of an
illness. Many herbs will correct the symptoms temporarily but it takes an experienced practitioner
to identify the cause. For this reason it is wisest to consult a professional, even if you have read
about the value of a remedy and matched it to an illness.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
23. You will hear part of a radio programme intended to promote healthier lifestyles.
Christopher, who has been carrying out some research, is talking to Alison, a student. For
questions 1-7, choose the best answer A,B or C. (Knockout FC Unit 1)
1. Why doesn’t Alison eat breakfast?

A She doesn’t have time
B She doesn’t like cooking
C She is trying to lose weight
2. What is Christopher’s reaction to her explanation?

A surprise
B amusement
C anger
3. Who took part in the first tests?

A all the first year students
B students carrying out research
C students studying medicine
4. What were the students asked to do?

A eat a specially-prepared breakfast
B eat their usual breakfast, if any
C only drink coffee first thing in the morning
5. What did the tests show about those who ate breakfast?
A They could study for longer without a break
B They did better in their final examinations
C They could think more logically in class
6. Why were the second tests carried out?

A to compare students’ breakfasts with those of other people
B to work out an ideal breakfast menu
C to find out the long-term effects of eating breakfast
7. What was the effect of eating cereals with orange juice and coffee?
A It made people feel moody
B It made people feel positive
C It made people interesting
24. You are going to read a magazine article about dieting. For questions 1-8, choose the
If someone tells you they’re going on a diet, the chances are you’ll imagine they’re trying
to lose weight. In fact, weight-loss diets are only one type of dieting. Some sport players, for
71
example, might go on a weight-gain diet, with the aim of increasing their body mass and, by
extension, their strength. Patients who have lost weight through illness may also embark on a
weight-gain diet. Their aim differs from the athlete in that they’re attempting to return to their
previous levels of muscle and body fat, rather than aimong to increase their normal personal levels.
Actors may also decide to go on a weight-gain diet to play a particular role. Robert De Niro, for
example, is well known for greatly increasing his weight to play certain characters – he gained
more than 27 kilograms to play the older La Motta in the film Raging Bull.
At the end of the filming, De Niro presumably changed his eating patterns to reduce his
weight. In effect, he went on a weight-loss diet. Weight-loss diets generally limit the amount of
certain foods, or food in general, in order to reduce body mass. Despite what many people think,
this reduction is not just a reduction in fat, however. Weight loss is usually a combination of a loss
in muscle, water and fat. Indeed, some dieters lose weight without losing much fat at all. An
overweight person dieting should aim to lose fat rather than muscle. Some dieters therefore have to
restrict their muscle loss by doing push-ups, lifting weights and making sure they get enough
protein (which is required to build muscle).
Protein is just one of the essential nutrients our bodies need. We also need fats, vitamins
and water. A diet that doesn’t provide these nutritional requirements can be damaging to our
physical well-being. In general, then, the most sensible weight-loss diet is an adapted standard
balanced diet – adapted in the sense that the size of portions is reduced, and some foods are
substituted for others (for example, full-fat milk is replaced with skimmed milk, or sugar is
replaced with artificial sweetener).
Although some overweight people are overweight because of their metabolism, others are
overweight simply because they eat too much. For this reason, some diets focus on the
psychological aspect of weight-loss, with the aim of reducing the desire to overeat. Some foods,
for example high-fibre vegetables, have been shown to effectively ‘obtain satiation’, or, in other
words, to create a feeling of fullness and loss of appetite. Drinking water and exercising are also
effective in reducing the appetite. For some diets, doctors prescribe drugs such as ephedrine to
help suppress the appetite. Some dieters join a weight-loss group in their attempt to lose weight.
Some of these groups, such as Overeaters Anonymous, are non-profit organizations. Others, such
as Weight Watches, are commercial concerns. Groups differ in their aims – some offer special
menus, some provide their own brand of prepared food, and others focus mainly on providing
emotional support and giving practical information.
Of course, there are also a large number of named weight-loss diets to choose from. The
weight-loss diet book is a multi-million pound industry in its own right. These diets tend to go in
and out of fashion, and are frequently promoted by celebrities, their creators, or both. Many of
these diets – the Atkins Diet being a prime example – are controversial, in that the medical and
scientific community becomes divided over how effective and healthy the diet actually is. Before
starting one of these diets, the golden rule is to find out as much about it as possible. The internet
is a valuable source of information, and your local GP can also advise you whether a particular
diet is suitable for your needs.
1. How do the weight-gain diets of sports players and patients differ?

A Sports players, unlike patients, focus on their own personal weight levels.
B Sports players, unlike patients, are interested in increasing their strength.
C Patients try to increase muscle and body fat, rather than just muscle.
D Patients try to get back weight they have lost rather than put on extra weight.
2. The phrase ‘In effect’ suggests that

A De Niro’s diet was particularly effective and successful.
B although De Niro may not have described it as a diet, it was.
C De Niro made a very great effort to reduce the weight he had gained.
D changing your eating patterns does not always lead to effective weight loss.
72
3. According to the writer, a lot of people wrongly believe that

A you shouldn’t aim to reduce your body fat in a weight-loss diet.
B the only effect of eating less is a decrease in the amount of body fat.
C successful weight loss comes through losing muscle, water and fat.
D if you eat less, your body may actually lose muscle rather than fat.
4. Some dieters do push-ups, according to the writer, to ensure that

A they have enough protein in their bodies.
B their muscles aren’t restricted in any way.
C they don’t lose muscle instead of fat.
D they are able to lift heavy weights.
5. The ‘most sensible weight-loss diet’ involves

A eating smaller amounts of normal food, and choosing healthier alternatives
B adapting portions so that the diet is more balanced than normal.
C replacing all fatty foods with their non-fat alternatives.
D increasing the size of some portions, and decreasing others.
6. What does the writer mean by ‘obtain satiation’?

A stop you eating unhealthy and fatty food
B stop you losing your appetite for vegetables
C make you feel like you have eaten enough
D make you only want to eat healthy vegetables
7. How does Weight Watchers differ from Overeaters Anonymous?

A Weight Watchers is more worried about advertising.
B Weight Watchers is a business that tries to make a profit.
C Overeaters Anonymous is less successful at making money.
D Overeaters Anonymous isn’t interested in helping individuals.
8. According to the writer, what is the Atkins Diet a good example of?
A a diet was in fashion but it isn’t anymore
B a diet that was promoted by celebrities
C a diet that all scientists agree is very good
D a diet that some doctors do not recommend
25. Read an article about the singer, Toyah Wilcox. Several phrases have been removed from
the text. Fill in the gaps with the suitable phrases. There is one extra phrase.
A when I realized that chocolate also contained caffeine

B but I used to wake up at about 4.00 a.m. and get up and do some work
C that I had become much slimmer
D but I didn’t connect my poor health with the caffeine I was drinking
E when I was working abroad
F what happened to my skin
G that I was beginning to sleep better, and that I had much more energy
I used to be completely hooked on caffeine. In a normal day I used to drink 15 to 20 cups
of coffee, as well as at least one can of diet cola. If I was lucky I managed to get to sleep at
bedtime, 1 ______________________. After an hour or so I would go back to bed and sleep until
8.00 a.m. To be honest, I didn’t use to feel 100%, 2 ____________________ . In fact I was
absolutely convinced I needed it, because of my incredibly busy lifestyle as a singer.
73
However, earlier this year I got ill 3 ________________________. I couldn’t eat anything,
and the only thing I could drink was water. My appetite returned after two days, but suddenly the
idea of drinking coffee or cola still made me feel sick, and I haven’t drunk a cup since then.
Although I thought it was going to be really hard, I got used to living without caffeine
straight away, and in fact after the first few weeks I started to feel much better than I ever had
before. I found 4 _____________________. But the most dramatic change I noticed was
5 _____________________. The tension lines relaxed, and my face began to look like it looked
when I was a teenager. Everybody started to tell me how much younger I looked!
6 ____________________, I decided I had to give that up too. That was difficult as I’ve always
been really keen on sweet things but now I’m used to it – I usually have a piece of fruit instead of
chocolate.
And there was another really unexpected benefit from giving up caffeine – my memory,
which used to be embarrassingly bad, has improved considerably, so I never miss appointments
any more!
1 2 3 4 5 6
26. Answer the questions

1. How much caffeine did she use to have?
2. What made her give it up?
3. Was it difficult for her to live without caffeine?
4. Did she suffer any withdrawal symptoms?
5. How did her life change after giving up caffeine?
27. Although smoking is a recognized health risk, about 20% of young people become
habitual smokers by the time they are sixteen. Why do you think this happens?
28. This extract from The Diary of a Teenage Health Freak outlines why some young people
started smoking. Compare your ideas with the ideas in the text, then answer the questions.
My First Fag Nearlly Kills Me.

I was just going home from school, when I saw some of my classmates smoking. Before I could
open my mouth, they cornered me, puffing smoke in my face and chanting:
‘It doesn’t only damage your own health, but the health of those around you.’
‘It kills 50,000 people a year.’
‘Each cigarette knocks five minutes off your life.’
‘It’s just like kissing an ashtray.’
I couldn’t see why, if they knew all this, they still smoked, but they were perfectly happy to
talk about why.
Ann said that she started when she was thirteen. Her older sister was going out with a
heavy smoker. One night her boy-friend visited their house when their parents were out and he and
her sister went to the back door and began to smoke. The telly programme had finished so she
went outside too. Her sister had said jokingly, ‘Would you like a cigarette?’ and she’d said OK,
because she didn’t want to look stupid in front of her boy-friend. Smoking was very strange and
made her feel dizzy and hurt the back of her throat, but she carried on to impress her sister and her
boy-friend. Now she bought her fags from the corner shop, or got them from her friends.
Dave said that he got his fags from lots of different shops and though he was only fourteen,
he never had any trouble buying them. He enjoyed smoking and thought it made him look big and
hard. He started smoking when he and his cousin bought some cigarettes and tried them down by
the river. He didn’t like them much at first and only smoked at parties and discos. Later he had a
lot of arguments with his mother and used to get very upset, but found a fag helped. He hated girls
smoking, as he thought it made them look common.
74
Ann interrupted and said she didn’t see why girls smoking was any different from boys.
She thought it made her look big and hard too, and sexy as well. She didn’t think there was any
point in her giving up, as her Mum and Dad smoked and her health was still in danger because she
was breathing in their smoke anyway.
At the end they insisted on me having one, so that I knew what I was missing. They
suggested that there was something wrong with me if I didn’t smoke – or was it that I was too soft
to try? Although I actually thought it would be bigger and harder of me not to try, I didn’t risk
saying so and had a puff, which didn’t feel too bad, though it made me want to cough. In my role
as detective, I took two or three really deep breaths – and the top of my head began to fall off. I
started coughing, my eyes watered and I nearly fainted away. When I began to lookmas if I was
about to throw up, my classmates, who had been killing themselves laughing, edged away.
On the way home I stopped to buy some chewing-gum to cover up the smell. Got home,
cleaned my teeth and held my breath when Mum kissed me goodnight.
1. Why did Ann start smoking? What made her continue?

2. Why doesn’t she stop smoking now?
3. Why do you think Dave became a regular smoker?
4. Look through the extract again. How did smoking affect the young people physically?
5. The extract mentions some of the disadvantages of smoking. Which ones?
29. Jill Evans spoke to Doctor Adams, a G.P., about the dangers of smoking. Listen to the
interview and answer the questions: (Streetwise Int Issue 5 Part 1)
1. What is passive smoking?
2. Why is it bad for you?
3. Who do you think is at the greatest risk from passive smoking?
4. How much do non-smokers take in through passive smoking?
30. Discuss the following questions:

1. If you were a parent, what would you do if your children smoked? Would you stop them?
If so, how? If not, why not?
2. Do you think adults encourage young people to smoke? If so, how?
3. Is smoking an acceptable habit in your country? Why/Why not? How does society
encourage or discourage smoking?
4. Do you think it is a good idea to discourage young people from smoking? If so, how would
you do it?
Health and Fitness

Keeping fit and staying healthy _______________________a growing Become
industry. Quite apart from the amount of money ___________________ Spend
each year on doctors’ prescriptions and approved medical treatment, huge
sums ______________________(now) on health foods and remedies of Spend
various kinds, from vitamin pills to mineral water, not to mention health
clubs and keep fit books and videos. We are more concerned than ever, it
seems, about the water we drink and the air we breathe, and are smoking
less, though not yet drinking less alcohol. This ____________________ Not to appear
to mean that coughs and sneezes _________________________, or that Banish
we can all expect ____________________to a hundred. Live
To give a personal example, one of my friends, who is a keep-fit fanatic,
a non-smoker and teetotaler, and who is very particular about what he
eats, ______________________________(at present) in bed with a wrist Languish
in plaster and a badly sprained ankle. Part of his healthy lifestyle is to
75
play squash every day after work, and that _____________________ for Account
the ankle. He also cycles everywhere, and if you have ever tried to cycle
through the rush-hour traffic with a sprained ankle, you
___________________________ how he acquired the broken wrist. Understand
For health, it seems, is not just a matter of a good diet and plenty of
exercise. Too much exercise can be harmful, as many joggers have
discovered. _____________________the right food can easily become an Eat
obsession, as can overworking, which you might have to do so as to be
able to afford your membership of the squash club, your mountain bike,
your health food, and a few holidays in peaceful and healthy places.
32. Read the leaflet giving advice on leading a healthy lifestyle. Use the word given in capitals
at the end of each line to form a word that fits in the space in the same line.
DO
- Reduce calories and cut down on sweets, cakes and chocolate. If you
are overweight, try to lose weight. Being overweight increases your
chances of developing ___________________ problems. CIRCULATE
- Follow a ___________________ diet – eat as much low-fat food as SENSE
possible: chicken, fish and yogurt are good for you. Aim to eat at least
five portions of fruit and vegetables a day to ________________ your SURE
intake of Vitamin C and health-giving minerals.
-Give up ____________________ - every cigarette ________________ SMOKE,SHORT
your life.
-Lead an active lifestyle. Keep fit and stay in shape: why not work out in
the gym or take up __________________? Choose an _______________ JOG, ACTIVE
that you enjoy doing. Exercise should be a pleasure, not a duty. Aim to
exercise for about 30 minutes at least five times a week. If you work
sitting down, try getting up as often as you can and walking around for a
while.
DON’T
-Don’t go to bed late: if you don’t get enough sleep, you will lack energy
and you will age faster. Sleep replenishes the energies spent during the
day and aids the natural ________________ process of the body. HEAL
-Don’t get stressed: keep calm and avoid stress at home, school or work.
Learn to relax, and when you feel that your stress is rising, take a break.
-Don’t eat between meals: it’s the fastest way to put on weight. If you
can’t give up snacks, try at least to eat __________________ snacks, like HEALTH
fruit or yogurt.
-Don’t be a _________________ fanatic! You need to stay in shape but FIT
remember to maintain a balanced lifestyle.
33. Read the text and decide which answer A,B,C or D best fits each space.
Living a healthier life
Keeping fit and healthy may seem difficult, but there are a few easy-to-follow (1) … . Firstly, a
balanced diet is absolutely essential. This (2) … selecting food that is (3) … in salt and sugar.
Experts recommend (4) … the amount of fat in our diet, as too much can lead to heart problems.
They also suggest increasing the (5) … of high fibre food we eat. This comes in the (6) … of fresh
fruit, vegetables, wholemeal bread and pasta. As well as being packed (7) … vitamins and
minerals, they are delicious too. Secondly, it’s important to fit exercise into your daily (8) … .
This can be done by simply walking as much as (9) … and climbing stairs instead of (10) … the
lift. Exercise is necessary to (11) … a healthy body, as well as increasing energy levels and (12) …
you feel generally fitter and happier. Finally, staying relaxed is important for good health. Too
76
much stress can (13) … to a variety of illnesses, from headaches to high blood pressure. (14) …
possible, do things you enjoy and treat yourself occasionally. So the message is (15) … - enjoy
yourself but learn to respect your body too. It’s all a question of getting the balance right.
1 A laws B guides C orders D guidelines

2 A contains B points C means D suggests
3 A poor B short C small D low
4 A declining B dropping C cutting D reducing
5 A bulk B amount C number D mass
6 A form B way C look D means
7 A by B with C of D in
8 A routine B custom C time D practice
9 A possible B probable C able D capable
10 A catching B having C taking D going
11 A keep B maintain C support D manage
12 A providing B doing C assisting D making
13 A bring B direct C guide D lead
14 A Whichever B Whenever C However D How
15 A ordinary B natural C simple D casual
34. This is part of a letter from Andy, your English pen friend.
… I’m starting to feel really unfit! Do you do much exercise? How often do you exercise? What
should I do to get fit? I’m thinking of joining a gym. Is that a good idea? What else would you
recommend?
As to my family news, my brother started a new company.
Write back soon.
Love,
Andy
Write back to Andy, answering his questions and asking him 3 questions about his brother.
35. Do you know anybody over 40 who looks or behaves much younger than their real age?
You are going to listen to an interview with Dr David Weeks about ‘superyoung’ people.
Decide which two factors in the list you think are not important in the phenomenon of
‘superyoung’ people.
Genes Reading/watching TV
Love life/friendships Sport
Number of children Personality
Lifestyle Diet
Blood pressure Smoking
Travel Plastic surgery
36. Listen and check. While listening write the exact words. (English File 2.4)
1. There are many other factors ___________ ______________ ______________
____________.
2. They often have friendships and relationships with people ______________
_________________ _______________.
3. They’re ______________ _________________ __________________ people who wake
up refreshed in the morning.
77
4. ____________ _______________ they are also people who read more and watch less TV.
5. They tend to prefer individual sports _________________ _______________
__________________ or walking.
6. We also discovered that they ________________ _______________ ________________
_________________ honest.
7. Non-smokers outnumbered smokers _______________ _________________
______________________ _________________ _____________________.
8. No, in fact _________________ ___________________ ____________________
_____________________.
37. Is what Dr Weeks said true about the ‘superyoung’ people you know? Tell your group
mates about them.
38. First read sentences 1-7. You are going to hear a radio interview with an elderly man.
Choose the correct option A,B, or C according to the information you hear in the recording.
(Exam Excellence Unit 8 Listening 6 Recording 17)
1. Mr Sinclair tells us that he

A has already celebrated his 100th birthday.
B is going to celebrate his 100th birthday soon.
C cannot remember precisely when his birthday is.
2. Mr Sinclair has been married

A once
B twice
C three times
3. How many grandchildren does Mr Sinclaire have?

A six
B ten
C twelve
4.When he was young, Mr Sinclaire

A worked in the open air.
B ate a healthy diet.
C took regular exercise.
5. Most of Mr Sinclaire’s brothers and sisters

A resembled their mother.
B lived for a long time.
C had health problems.
6. Mr Sinclaire believes it is important

A to avoid problems.
B. to work hard.
C. to be optimistic.
7. Mr Sinclaire gave up smoking

A at the same time as his wife.
B to please his wife.
C. when his wife left him.
78
39. You are going to read an article about an Italian village. For questions 1-8, choose the
Although she doesn’t know yet, three-month-old Cecilia has got a chance of living at least
100 years. Not that her parents have discovered the secret to a long life – they just have the good
fortune of being born in Campodimele, a small village of 850 people in Italy. The mayor of the
village claims that few people die before the age of 85, and many live longer. His grandfather lived
to 95, his grandmother to 97 and his aunt to 100. More than 90 people in the village are aged
between 75 and 99 – such an astonishing number that the World Health Organization sent
scientists to the village to investigate. They discovered that the old people’s cholesterol levels were
lower than in newborn babies.
The oldest villager, at 99, thinks that hard work as well as taking regular exercise can help
you live longer. A favourite activity among the older people is going to see the village chickens. A
long street and steep paths lead from the village to dozens of stone chicken houses. Getting there
can mean a good hour’s walk and sometimes they do twice a day. People also think that the
villagers’ easy-going nature and sense of emotional balance also helps. Nobody suffers from
depression and old people don’t get lonely because they live with their families. Life is unhurried,
stress is unknown and traffic has been banned from the centre of the village.
During the study of the elderly in Campodimele, the researchers found that their blood
pressure moved up and down far less than that of the majority of Italians. Stable blood pressure
helps people live for a long time. But the study also looked at the children and grandchildren of the
elderly and discovered that they also had much lower blood pressure than the average. This was
confirmed by a group from the village who went to live in Canada in the 1960s. Their blood
pressure was also low and this led the scientists to believe that the secret of why they live so long
could be in the Campodimelans’ genes. But this is not the whole answer.
In Campodimele, old people walk for at least two hours daily, eat at the same time each
day, get up at dawn and go to bed at sunset. Baby cecilia’s 93-year-old great grandmother thinks
that eating a lot of spring onions is the key to a long life. She eats them raw, dressed with oil,
vinegar and red pepper. Her grandson was so impressed with her recipes that he has opened a
restaurant. The menu is very Mediterranean. There are lots of fresh vegetables, beans, wild
mushrooms, almost no butter and very little salt. The local speciality is a dish of peas which is
often served with homemade pasta, followed by snails seasoned with pepper, mint and herbs: the
perfect meal for celebrating your hundredth birthday.
1. What is it that Cecilia doesn’t realize?

A That there are lots of old people in Campodimele.
B That he parents have discovered a secret.
C That she will probably live for a long time.
D That she is unfortunate to have been born in Campodimele.
2. What fact prompted the World Health organization investigation?

A. That most Italians live so long
B That old people world-wide had low cholesterol levels
C That most people in Campodimele were old.
D That there was a surprising number of old people in Campodimele
3. What do the elderly of Campodimele do as a pastime?

A go and watch chickens
B sit and talk
C prepare large meals
D work very hard
4. What do the elderly of Campodimele not suffer from?

A traffic accidents
79
B transport problems
C sadness and solitude
D too much hard work
5. What is a unique feature of all Campodimelans?

A a restless nature
B low blood pressure
C they all have the same genes
D they have never left the village
6. Which other group did the study investigate?

A the Italian population
B the Campodimelans’ children and grandchildren
C Canadians in Italy
D Mediterranean people
7. What does one Campodimelan think the secret to living for a long time is?
A walking for two hours a day
B always eating at the same time
C getting up and going to bed at the same time
D eating raw spring onions
8. What is not used very much in the restaurant mentioned?

A salt and butter
B homemade pasta
C seasoned snails
D wild mushrooms
40. Read the text ETERNAL YOUTH: NEW DEVELOPMENTS IN ANTI-AGEING

RESEARCH. Several phrases have been removed from the text. Fill in the gaps with the
A when they are kept in zoos

B that such animals live longer than men
C and they are likely to play an important part in keeping people physically young
D when our organs cease to function properly
E which may retard or repair damage to the body caused by ageing
F which says that ageing is caused by the same process that makes iron rust
G that an age gene really does exist
H when we are more likely to suffer from such diseases of old age such as arthritis and
Alzheimer’s
Even if we have an extremely healthy diet and lifestyle, the human body is programmed to
wear out a maximum of about 120 years, and usually less. We all have a biological clock inside us
which determines the moment 1 _____________________.when our organs cease to function
properly. This is because our cells have stopped renewing themselves and our body can no longer
repair itself. This is also the moment 2 __________________. However, rapid advances in DNA
research are beginning to throw light on the secrets of the ageing process. By the end of this
century we could literally have the power of life over death.
Although it has long been accepted that humans have a fixed lifespan, it is also a fact that
certain other organisms, such as reptiles and amphibians, appear to live indefinitely. The only
reason we do not see 500-year-old alligators is because in the wild their lives are always in danger,
from man, from pollution and from other animals. 3 ___________________ they do not seem to
80
age at all after they are fully grown. The same is true of some species of fish, which grow
indefinitely and show no signs of ageing. The existence of animals with no fixed lifespan seems to
indicate 4 _______________________. It is this gene which scientists are searching for,
5____________________.
Another new area of research involves the oxidation theory, 6____________________. In
controlled experiments, the lifespans of certain animals were shown to be lengthened with anti-
oxidants.; for example, the lifespan of mice can be increased by 30%. Anti-oxidants are already
being used in face creams and other cosmetics, 7 _____________________.
Perhaps the most immediate advance we are likely to see in the battle to halt the ageing
process will be organ replacement. By the year 2020 it is likely that we will be replacing injured
bones or even organs like livers or kidneys with ones ‘grown’ in laboratories. By 2050 perhaps
every organ in the body, except the brain, will have become commercially available. Recent
experiments also show that it may one day be possible to ‘grow’ new organs inside our body to
replace worn-out ones, something which lizards and alligators already do.
Suddenly immortality seems within reach. We can begin to imagine a future where we are
born, we grow to maturity, but we never grow old and die. But do we really want to live forever?
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
It is believed that young people today are not as healthy as they were twenty years ago. What
is your opinion? Do you agree or disagree?

4.Conclusion.
81
TOPIC 12. SAVE THE PLANET.

♫1.Listen to an account of an environmental disaster that happened in the 1980s. Choose the
correct option(s) to complete each sentence 1-8. At least one of the options is always correct,
and sometimes both options may be correct! Listen twice, and circle a, or b, or both a and b.
(Oxford Exam Excellence 4 12)
1. Captain Hazelwood
a. commanded a ship named after an oil company and the port of Valdez, Alaska.
b. owned an oil tanker called Exxon Valdez.
2. Late night on 24 March 1989, the captain

a. left his third officer in charge of the ship.
b. returned to his cabin because he wanted to do some paperwork.
3. A little after midnight,

a. the ship arrived at a port called Bligh Reef.
b. collided with some rocks in the water
4. Fifty million litres of oil

a. spilt into the sea.
b. was being transported by the Exxon Valdez.
5. The clean-up operation

a. was delayed by a storm that had damaged the rescue ship.
b. started fifteen hours after the first report of the accident.
6. The oil spill from the Exxon Valdez

a. was cleaned up within the first two days after the disaster.
b. caused millions of animals and fish to die.
7. The fact that 25% of the plankton in the sea was destroyed meant
a. that many animals and fish died because they had nothing to eat.
b. that 4,800 square kilometers of sea was covered in oil.
8. The Exxon Valdez disaster

a. was one of the first huge oil spills in history.
b. was the captain’s fault.
♫2. You will hear an interview with a scientist. For questions 1-5, complete the sentences.
(Lazer B2 Track 7)
Robert Jackson works with (1)___________________ to develop environmental programmes.
Some pollution was caused by (2)__________________ which no longer exist.
Burning (3)_____________________ in this area has added to global warming.
They create (4)_________________ after the soil and water have been cleaned.
The area should recover from the problem (5)__________________________.
82
3. Match the paragraphs (1-7) with the headings (A-H). There is one extra heading.
A Students getting involved
B A common problem
C Smart shoppers
D The punishment doesn’t fit the crime
E An interesting subject
F The British and the environment
G Working to protect animals
H Solution to the problem
►1.___________________
The water near beaches in different places all around the world continues to be seriously polluted,
which puts swimmers’ health at risk. Unfortunately, many coastal cities simply dump waste in the
sea. As a result, many beaches have to be closed for several weeks each year because pollution
levels are too high.
►2.___________________________
Wildlife parks and zoos are very educational places but perhaps their greatest purpose is the
conservation of endangered species. Animal centres all around the world work together in order to
breed rare and endangered species. For example, today there are only a few hundred giant pandas
left in the wild. If breeding programmes and conservation efforts are successful, future generations
may still be able to see these beautiful animals in the flesh, not just in books.
►3.___________________________
More and more animals are fighting for survival nowadays and it is not only hunters who are to
blame. Thousands of fish die every year as a result of the illegal dumping of waste in rivers by
factories all over Europe. Investigations are often carried out to discover who is responsible for
these ecological disasters. However, even when the offenders are found, the punishment for this
kind of behavior is not as sever as it should be.
►4.____________________________
More and more British people are washing out jam jars and putting them in recycling bins or
writing to local politicians about the environment. They are realizing that their day-to-day choices
have an impact on our environment. It seems that most British people want to make a difference –
and that’s exactly what they are doing.
►5.____________________________
Cars have always caused air pollution. In the past , there was a lot more air pollution created by
cars than there is today. In the future, there will probably be even less. Two good ways for
pursuing the dream of less pollution are cars that run on solar energy and cars that run on fuel
cells. Solar energy and fuel cells don’t cause pollution because they do not give off any exhaust.
►6.___________________________
Many people are trying to do their part to help solve environmental problems by making better
choices about what they buy. Consumers are learning more about which products are recyclable,
non-toxic and energy-efficient and deciding their purchases based on this information. Today,
there are more eco-friendly products to choose from than ever, which shows how the buying
power of consumers can make a difference.
►7.____________________________
A new generation of environmentalists is being created. Environmental issues have become a
major focus in today’s schools. Whether it’s in class or on their own, students are taking action to
83
protect the environment and solve threatening problems. There may be hope for the planet after
all!
1 2 3 4 5 6
A. if everyone lived like that

B. wanting to know more about their family’s impact on the environment
C. or reduce the size of an eco-footprint more quickly
D. than can be produced within its own borders
E. and compare it with the worldwide average of 1.5 global hectares
F. to do something about their effect on the environment
G. that is used to dispose of your rubbish
PEOPLE AND THE ENVIRONMENT
A eco-footprint is a measurement of the total amount of the earth’s natural resources needed to
support the way in which you live. For example, it estimates the land required to produce
everything you consume, as well as the area 1 _______________. It also calculates the size of
forest required to absorb the carbon dioxide emissions from your car or from the plane that took
you on holiday.
A new European Environment Agency study has identified the UK as one of the nations using
more resources per person 2 ______________. At an enormous 5.3 global hectares per person
(about the size of six football pitches), the average UK eco-footprint is not much higher than the
European average. But 3 _______________, we would need not one but three planets.
The good news is that children in the UK are starting to apply eco ‘pester power’ – trying to
persuade their parents 4 ______________. Ann McGarry, an education officer who runs a course
called ‘Educating with the Eco-footprint’, has seen a dramatic increase in the number of young
people 5 ___________. ‘The eco-footprint is a useful educational tool for showing where we make
a big impact,’ she says. ‘The UK global footprint is approximately 20 global hectares per average
family. Wealthier areas tend to have bigger footprints.’
Parents who are being put under pressure by their children can turn to eco-footprint calculators for
help. Answering 16 straightforward questions on www.myfootprint.org will calculate your
footprint 6 _______________-. The questions relate to the size, location and energy efficiency of
your home, your household size and car miles travelled each week, as well as air travel and weekly
household waste. You are also asked whether you recycle, buy heavily packaged goods and eat
meat or processed foods.
1 2 3 4 5 6
5. You are going to read an article from a website which is dedicated to ways of dealing with
waste. For questions 1-7 choose the answer (A,B,C or D) which you think fits best according
to the text.
RETHINK RUBBISH @ HOME
Come on, admit it. We’ve all got clothes in our wardrobe that we haven’t worn for years and we
know we’ll never wear again. Taking your old clothes to the local charity shop or recycling bin is a
great way of getting rid of a load of rubbish and creating extra space at the same time! And it’s all
84
for a good cause. Charities such as The Salvation Army, Oxfam, TRAID and Scope are big
collectors of old clothes, either through charity shops and recycling banks or for sorting and selling
on, often abroad.
Buying second-hand clothes is now definitely in vogue too, with dedicated followers of fashion
such as Kylie and Geri Halliwell leading the way. Vintage boutiques offer ranges of designer
classics, but can be a bit on the expensive side, so why not raid your local charity shop to pick up a
real bargain? You can create your own distinct look and feel good about your recycling effort.
Hate junk mail? Around one million tones of junk mail and magazines get binned each year! But
it’s easy to cut down on the rubbish in your bin by registering with the Mailing preference Service.
Send them your details and they will make sure that you don’t receive piles of unwanted offers and
advertisements through your letterbox.
A massive 60% of the contents of your dustbin can be recycled. So why not give your bin a break
and drop off your paper, card, glass bottles, jars and cans at the recycling banks located at most
supermarkets? By doing this you’ll reduce your household waste by nearly one third!
Did you know that if you’re really clever, there’s £34 million worth of empty aluminium drink
cans in the UK just waiting to be collected and recycled? The reason is that aluminium is really
valuable and the sort that’s made into the billions of drinks cans we see on our supermarket
shelves can be recycled and used time and time again to make new drinks cans.
We produce over 26 million tones of household rubbish in the UK every year, so there’s plenty
of scope for us to Rethink Rubbish in the home! By thinking about the types of goods we buy, how
we use them and where we dispose of them, we can dramatically reduce the amount of rubbish our
homes produce. Whilst we can’t get rid of rubbish altogether, there are hundreds of ways in which
we can cut down on what we throw away. So, whether we’re recycling, finding new uses for
‘junk’ or simply reducing what we create in the first place, with a little efoort, we can all make our
homes cleaner and greener.
1. The writer suggests that getting rid of old clothes can

A benefit you and other people.
B only be done through recycling bins.
C cause a problem with rubbish.
D save your time.
2. What does the writer say about buying clothes second-hand?

A It is expensive and you can end up being a fashion victim.
B All of today’s top stars do it.
C You save money, look different and it helps with recycling.
D It is a fashionable thing to do but ordinary people can’t afford it.
3. The Mailing Preference Service

A keeps you informed about environmental issues.
B collects paper from your home to be recycled.
C provides your details to advertisers.
D helps you to reduce the amount of rubbish you throw away.
4. Many of the things we throw in our dustbins

A come from the local supermarket.
B can cause the bin to break.
C are made of recycled material.
D can easily be recycled.
85
5. What does the figure of £34 million represent?

A the cost of recycling all the drinks cans in the Uk
B the amount spent on soft drinks each year in the UK
C the annual cost of the aluminium used to make drinks cans
D the amount spent by supermarkets on recycling schemes
6. The phrase ‘time and time again’ suggests that

A aluminium may be recycled more than once.
B time is running out for the environment.
C a huge number of cars are made every year.
D the cans we use now will last forever.
7. What point does the writer make in the last paragraph?

A Nobody tries to reduce the amount of rubbish they produce.
B There are many ways to reduce the amount of rucbbish we produce.
C If we follow this advice, we will have no rubbish at all.
D Our homes are too dirty because of all the rubbish.
6. Read the text and fill in the gaps with the appropriate grammar form of the corresponding
word in the right column.
PROGRESS IS SAVING THE PLANET

Although over the last twenty years a great deal ______________ Achieve
in the protection and conservation and conservation of the
environment, there is still an awful lot ________________. Do
According to some scientists, we __________________ to reduce Manage
the amount of damage we are doing to the atmosphere, and the hole
in the ozone layer is starting to close. Thanks to dedicated
individuals, species of plant and animal life which
_____________with extinction have now been saved. On the other Threaten
hand, every day many species become extinct. Laws and
regulations exist to stop factories ________________ rivers and Pollute
seas but this ________________ a major problem. And the use of Remain
cars means that we ____________________ (still) our cities and Make
towns unbearable _________________ in, despite the fact that Live
progress ______________________ with public transport systems. Make
So, while some problems have already been solved, we cannot Stop
afford ______________ making an effort.
ECO PROJECTS
Schools all over the world are becoming actively involved in
_______________________ friendly programmes and projects. ENVIRONMENTAL
Many of the projects concern recycling paper and other waste
regularly. This helps to conserve and protect our ______________ NATURE
Resources. The project _______________ encourage their students LEAD
to adopt these habits at home and in their ________________, COMMON
spreading ____________________ of the need to recycle. AWARE
Other schools have gone beyond these traditional measures and are
developing more ambitious eco projects. These take many forms
and try to raise students’ awareness of environmental issues in
86
_______________ways. For example, recreational areas NOVELTY

constructed entirely out of _________________ resources are RECYCLE
becoming increasingly common. Other projects involve
___________________ art programmes, in which students make ECOLOGY
works of art such as sculptures from previously used materials.
These are not only beautiful, but also make a statement about how
much of what we consume could ______________ be used again. ACTUAL
All in all, young people today are more aware than ever of the
world’s dwindling natural resources. They are conscious that they
are growing up in a world where environmental problems can no
longer be ignored. With the help of their schools, many of them are
working together in order to find bright new _________________ SOLVE
to old problems.
space.
THE NATURAL WORLD
Whenever we read about the natural world nowadays, it is generally to be (1) ___________ dire
predictions about its imminent destruction. Some scientists go so (2) __________ as to assert that
from now on, the world can no longer be called ‘natural’, insofar as future processes of weather,
(3) __________, and all the interactions of plant and animal life will no longer carry on in their
time-honoured way, unaffected by (4) __________. There will never be such a thing as ‘natural
weather’ again, say such writers, only weather (5) _________ by global warming. It is hard to
know whether to believe such (6) ________ of doom, possibly because what they are saying seems
too terrible to be (7) ________.There are other equally influential scientists who argue that
climate, for example, has changed many times over the (8) _______, and that what we are
experiencing now may simply be part of an endless cycle of change, rather than a disaster on a
global (9) _________. One cannot help wondering whether these attempts to wish the problem
away (10) _________ underline the extent to which western industrialized countries are to blame
for upsetting the world’s (11) __________. It is not our fault, they seem to be saying, because
everything is all right, really! One certain (12) _______ which is chilling in its implications, is that
there is no longer anywhere on the earth’s (13) ________, whether in the depths of the oceans or in
the polar wastes, which is not (14) _________ by polluted air or (15) ________ with empty cans
and bottles. Now we are having to come to terms with understanding just what that means, and it is
far from easy.
1 A made B given C told D granted

2 A much B often C really D far
3 A change B atmosphere C climate D even
4 A beings B man C people D humans
5 A built B manufactured C affected D organized
6 A prophets B champions C warriors D giants
7 A stopped B true C guessed D here
8 A top B again C centuries D world
9 A sense B form C scale D existence
10 A simply B to C that D or
11 A future B ecology C balance D population
12 A fact B must C fault D and
13 A planet B atmosphere C anywhere D surface
14 A full B stained C breathing D only
15 A even B recycled C littered Dbothered
87
9. Work in pairs. Dialogue (3-4 minutes) You and your friend are discussing the ecological
situation in your city. Discuss the following ecological problems and choose the one you both
find most serious.
• air pollution
• water pollution
• rubbish
• noise
Remember to:
10. Letter writing. This is part of a letter from your English-speaking pen-friend, who
writes:
….At school we are carrying out a survey ‘We want to have our city clean’. What environmental
issues are typical of a megalopolis? How can we stop people from littering? Do you have the same
problem in Moscow? I’ll include your answers into my research work.
As to my sport news, yesterday our team lost the game….
Looking forward to your answer.
Love,
Jack

Some people say that damage to the environment is the biggest problem facing the world.
However, other people say that there are other problems that are more important.
Which group do you belong to and why? Write 200-250 words.

Use the following plan:
4.Conclusion.
12. Give a 2-minute talk on the topic “We are the future of our planet”. Remember to
discuss:
* the problems our planet faces now
* the ways to solve these problems as you see it
* participation of the young people in the solution to these problems
* your contribution
88
GRAMMAR FOCUS
THE IINFINITIVE
In modern English the INFINITIVE has the following forms:
Active Passive
Indefinite To write To be written
Continuous To be writing -------------------------
Perfect To have written To have been written
Perfect Continuous To have been writing --------------------------
e.g. 1.He is said to know six languages.

2.They happened to be waiting for each other in different places.
3.I intended to have met them there (but I didn’t).
4.She seems to have been writing a letter since morning.
5.I don’t like to be interrupted.
6.We are grateful to have been invited to your party.
The Use of the Bare Infinitive (without ‘to’):

1.After auxiliary verbs.
e.g. I don’t understand it.
2.After modal verbs except ‘ought to’, ‘to be to’, ‘to have to’
e.g. One must love what he has.
3.After the verbs of sense perception(see, hear, feel, watch, notice … etc)
e.g. I saw him cross the street. But: He was seen to cross the street.
NB! The verb ‘to be’ after the verb ‘to feel’ is used with the particle ‘to’: I felt it to be true.
4.After the verb ‘to let’.
e.g. He let her do everything. But: She was allowed to do everything.
5.After the verb ‘have’ in the meaning of ‘распоряжаться’ and the verb ‘make’ in the meaning of
‘заставлять’. But: we use ‘to’ after the verb ‘get’ in the same meaning
e.g. Have him take my luggage upstairs.
What makes you think so? But: He was made to do it again.
I’ll get Andrew to give you a call.
6.When ‘dare’ expresses ‘threat, warning, anger’.But: if it expresses “courage or lack of courage’
it is followed by bare or full infinitive.
e.g.How dare you speak to me like that! I don’t dare (to) tell her the truth.
7.After ‘had better’, ‘would sooner’, ‘would rather’, ‘nothing but’, ‘can’t but’.
e.g. You’d better hurry up. There was nothing to do but wait.
8.After ‘Why/Why not’.
e.g. Why (not) do it?
The ‘to-Infinitive’ is used:

• to express purpose (e.g. You should take a few days off to recover.)
• after certain verbs: afford, agree, aim, arrange, ask, attempt, bother, claim, consent,
decide, demand, deserve, expect, fail, happen, hesitate, hope, intend, learn, (would)
like, (would) love, manage, offer, plan, (would) prefer, prepare, pretend, promise,
refuse, seem, tend, threaten, volunteer, want, wish. (e.g. She can’t afford to buy it.)
• after certain adjectives: anxious, delighted, determined, glad, happy, pleased, sorry,
surprised, tired, willing … (e.g. She was surprised to see you here.)
• after certain nouns: pity, pleasure … (e.g. It’s such a pleasure to be with you.)
89
Exercise 1. Put ‘to’ where necessary before the Infinitive.

1.One day we decided _______________ (go) on a hike.
2.I hear her __________________(sing) every day.
3.I can’t but _________________ (think) about the accident.
4.She was made _______________( keep) her promise.
5. Do you wish ____________________ (make) a complaint?
6. I felt the house _________________ (shake) with explosion.
7.I was so sleepy that I had ________________(sit) down.
8.The gardener won’t let the children _______________(pick) the flowers.
9.You may _________________ (use) my car tonight.
10.Get them __________________(come) as soon as possible.
11. They are ready ______________(do) it without any help.
12. He was seen _______________(leave) the room.
13. Her heart is weak, she must __________________(take) treatment at hospital.
14.They stopped ________________(remove) a big stone from the road.
15.He will be able _______________(swim) very soon.
16.It is easy ______________( be) wise after the event.
17.You look tired. You’d better _____________________ (go) home.
18.I want ________________(see) the house where our president was born.
19. Why not ___________________ (wait) a little longer?
20.I am planning __________________ (do) a lot of things today.
Exercise 2. Put ‘to’ where necessary before the Infinitive.

1.How dare you _______________ (open) my letters!
2.He rushed into the burning house _________________ (save) the child.
3. They heard the girl ______________ (cry) out with joy.
4.If you knew he was wrong, why didn’t you _________________(say) something?
5.The sculpture was completely ruined. It was impossible ______________ (restore) it.
6.If you don’t ______________ (remember) his number, you’d better __________ (look)it up.
7.Visitors are asked _______________(not feed) the animals.
8.The bank robbers made the cashier ____________ (show) them how ___________ (open) the
safe.
9.We had ______________ (put) on our overcoats because it was very cold.
10.You ought ________________ (go) today. It may _______________(rain) tomorrow.
11.You needn’t _________________ (say) anything. Just nod your head and he will
____________________ (understand).
12.If you want ____________________ (get) there before dark you should _______________
(start) at once.
13.It is better ________________(put) your money in a bank than ______________ (keep) it
under your bed in an old stocking.
14.I saw the driver ________________ (open) his window and _______________ (throw) a box
into the bushes.
15.The kidnappers told the parents ____________________ (not inform) the police, and the
parents didn’t dare ____________________(disobey).
16.Need I _____________________ (come)? I’d much rather _________________(stay) at home.
17.Would you like ______________ (go) now or shall we _______________(wait) till the end?
18.We could __________________(go) to a concert, unless you’d prefer ______________ (visit)
a museum.
19.-You seem _______________ (know) this area very well.
-Yes, I used _________________ (live) here.
20.He doesn’t even bother _____________(read) letters, let alone ____________(answer) them.
90
Exercise 3. Open the brackets using the correct form of the Infinitive in brackets.
1.They are glad __________________________ (invite) to the party.
2.He expected ______________________ (help) by his relatives.
3.He seemed ___________________ (look) for words to express his ideas but couldn’t find any.
4.She was afraid ______________________(ask) this question.
5.They seem _______________________(use) this method for years.
6.He will be happy __________________ (see) you and _____________(give) this job.
7.I feel awkward __________________(cause) you so much trouble.
8.We expect __________________(be) back in a few days.
9.I am glad _____________________(introduce) to him at last.
10.He pretended _________________(work) when I came in.
11.He appears _______________________(work) on this project for a week but he hasn’t finished
it yet.
12.I am sorry _____________________ (break) your vase. I know it was one of your favourite
ones.
13.Perhaps it will upset her __________________ (to tell) the truth on this matter.
14.We began _______________ (feel) the discomforts of the night train very soon.
15.I am so happy ____________________ (give) this book at last.
16.She didn’t seem ____________________(to look) at me but at somebody behind.
17.He appears ______________________(wear) the same outfit for years.
18.He took to writing _____________________(not to earn) a living but a name. All he wanted
was _______________________(admire) by everybody.
19. The children were anxious __________________(understand) correctly.
20.It’s wonderful __________________ (have) a true friend.
Exercise 4. Open the brackets using the correct form of the Infinitive in brackets.
1.Just look at his hands. He is sure ___________________ (work) in the garage.
2.I don’t like _________________ (interrupt) others and ____________________ (interrupt) by
them.
3.Her mood seems _________________ (change) for the worse since I saw her .
4.I am grateful __________________ (ask) about my likes and dislikes at the conference.
5.I hate _____________ (bother) you but the man is still waiting _______________ (give)
a definite answer.
6.He seemed _________________(sleep) when his friends came up to the sofa.
7.She claims ________________(learn) English in England.
8.I believe he deserves _______________ (know) how the matter stands and _____________
(tell) all about it.
9.She seems _________________(work) here for a long time.
10. She heard the remark but she didn’t appear __________________(hurt).
11.I didn’t expect the question ___________________ (raise) at the last meeting.
12.The Nuremberg trials were the biggest international trials _________________ (ever/hold).
13.I was very careful ______________________ (not to catch) in the rain.
14.He seems _____________________(complete) the task.
15.He wanted ___________________(make) some changes in the plan.
16. He seized every opportunity _________________(appear) in public: he was so anxious
__________________________(talk) about.
17.He seems _______________________(choose) a book for two hours.
18.
19.The woman pretended ______________________(read) and _________________(not to hear)
the bell.
20. - Why did he rush away so suddenly?
- He has some business _____________________(attend) to.
91
Exercise 5. Translate into English using the correct form of the Infinitive.
1.Он был счастлив, что наконец-то с вами повидался.
_______________________________________________________________________________
2.Я рада, что мне дали все необходимые сведения.
_______________________________________________________________________________
3.Он боится, что его положат в больницу.
_______________________________________________________________________________
4.Мы притворились, что не слушаем их разговор.
_______________________________________________________________________________
5.Он, кажется, пишет сочинение уже два часа.
_______________________________________________________________________________
6.Она дала мне нож порезать хлеб.
_______________________________________________________________________________
7.Я хочу, чтобы меня познакомили с этими удивительными людьми.
_______________________________________________________________________________
8.У неё красные глаза. Кажется, она плакала.
_______________________________________________________________________________
9.Сегодня очень холодно, и я так рада, что меня подвезли.
_______________________________________________________________________________
10.Кажется, они сейчас путешествуют где-то в Европе..
_______________________________________________________________________________
11.Мы рады, что встретили их на станции.
_______________________________________________________________________________
12.Извините, что беспокою Вас, но можно задать Вам ещё один вопрос?
_______________________________________________________________________________
Exercise 6. Translate into English using the correct form of the Infinitive.
1.У неё такие грязные руки. Кажется, она всё утро работала в саду.
_______________________________________________________________________________
2.Мы притворились, что не заметили его ошибку.
_______________________________________________________________________________
3. Они очень довольны, что их пригласили на конференцию.
_______________________________________________________________________________
4.Кажется, ты меня не слушаешь.
_______________________________________________________________________________
5.Единственным её желанием было удрать из этого места.
_______________________________________________________________________________
6.Он хочет представить меня своему начальнику.
_______________________________________________________________________________
7.Случилось так, что в то время я работал над своим первым романом.
_______________________________________________________________________________
8.Кажется, они уже год экспериментируют в этой области.
_______________________________________________________________________________
9.Джона нигде не было видно.
_______________________________________________________________________________
10.Извини, что заставил тебя ждать.
_______________________________________________________________________________
11.Я счастлива, что мне предложили эту интересную и хорошо оплачиваемую работу.
_______________________________________________________________________________
12.Он терпеть не может, когда над ним шутят.
_______________________________________________________________________________
92
INFINITIVE MODELS
It’s simple to solve this problem. – The problem is simple to solve.
Exercise 7.Change the sentences according to the model.

1.It’s difficult to speak to such people. 2. It’s expensive to buy a fur coat. 3. It’s impossible to get a
good dinner at our canteen. 4.It was difficult to start the engine in such cold weather. 5.It’s unsafe
to stand on this ladder. 6. It’s awful to deal with stubborn people. 7. It’s was unpleasant to watch
their quarrel. 8. It’s funny to listen to them. 9.It’s comfortable to work at this writing table. 10.It’s
dangerous to drive a car in big cities.
He came to the party the last. – He was the last to come to the party.
Exercise 8. Change the sentences according to the model.

1.He is the only one among us who gave up smoking. 2.I was the next who spoke on the topic.
3.He was the first who raised this question. 4.She was the second who got an excellent mark. 5.He
was the only who jumped with a parachute. 6.Paul was the last who greeted me. 7.I was the first
who noticed the mistake. 8.he was the only one who could speak Japanese. 9.The manager was the
last who left the shop. 10.She was the first lady who left.
Mary invited us to the party. It was nice. – It was nice of Mary to invite us to the party.

1.He bought a car. It was silly, because he can’t drive. 2.She betrayed all her friends. It was mean.
3. They helped me with my work. It was kind. 4.The manager cut down his salary, though he was
the best employee. It was unfair. 5.He sold his house for $150,000 dollars. It was unwise. 6.You
made a serious mistake when you trusted her. It was careless. 7.The boss fired this badly-qualified
employee. It was fair. 8.You’ve come. It is so nice. 9. I bought this dress. It was so stupid. Now I
don’t have enough money to pay for the rented flat. 10.We waited for her the whole evening, but
she didn’t come. It was so typical.
You are too young (слишком) to live on your own.

You are old enough (достаточно) to live on your own.

1.He is very ill. He can’t work today. 2.He is clever. He can answer this question. 3.It is very hot.
We can’t run. 4.I was terrified. I couldn’t move. 5.The coffee isn’t strong. It won’t keep us awake.
6. You are slim. You can wear this dress. 7.It is very cold. We can’t have a swim. 8. He is going
fast. He will never be overtaken by the others. 9.He was very snobbish. He wouldn’t talk to any of
us. 10. I am quite old. I could be your father.
Exercise 11. Fill in ‘too’ or ‘enough’ in the correct gaps.

1.Which of you is _____________ brave _____________ to go there? 2.The weather is
______________ cold _____________ to go out. 3.You are ___________ old ___________ to
decide for yourself. 4.She is ____________ young____________ to get married. 5.The story is
_____________ long _______________ to retell it. 6.The problem is _____________ complicated
______________ to be solved at once. 7.He isn’t ________________ clever ________________
to cope with the problems himself. 8.She spoke English ____________ well _______________ to
be understood. 10. She is ______________ clever _____________ to be deceived.
It’s important(necessary, difficult, easy, dangerous) for smb to do smth

It’s important for smth to happen.
93
1.You must be on time. It’s very important. 2.The meeting should start at 9 sharp. It’s necessary.
3. Small children shouldn’t stay out until late. It’s dangerous. 4. You will solve the problem soon.
It will be easy. 5. The engine should be tested properly. It’s important. 6. She explained
everything. It wasn’t difficult. 7.Her mother made a decision. It was unusual in that family. 8.The
day was too cold. So none of us went out. 9. You really ought to see the doctor. It will be best.
10.She managed to do everything on time. But it wasn’t easy.
It’s time for smb to do smth or It’s high/about time smb did smth
Exercise 13. Complete the sentences.

1.It is high time __________________________(we/say) goodbye to everybody. 2. It’s nine
o’clock. It’s time _________________________(children/go) to bed. 3. Your hair looks untidy.
It’s high time ________________________ (you/have) it cut. 4.We’ve been waiting for fifteen
minutes! It’s about time _________________ (the lesson/start)! 5. We normally leave house at 8
o’clock. It’s nearly 8 o’clock now. It’s time _______________________ (we/go) to work. 6.She
has been looking for a job for half a year now. It’s about time ____________________(she/find)
it. 7.It’s two o’clock. It’s time ______________________(granny/have) a nap. 8.They haven’t
been on speaking terms since morning. It’s time ______________________(they/make) up their
quarrel. 9.They have been dating for a year now. It’s high time ______________ (they/get)
married. 10.The lesson is over. It’s time _________________(you/hand) in your essays.
He took off his boots so as not to/ in order not to make any noise.
But: He took off his boots so that his mother wouldn’t scold him. (would, could, can, will)
Exercise 13. Complete the sentences.

1.I ran all the way _________________ (catch) the train. 2. He brought a map
_________________ (we/check) our route. 3. They made a fire ___________________(notice).
4.I’m going to send my son to England ____________________ (he/study) English. 5. I am going
to England ______________ (practice) English. 6. I read the letter once again
____________________ (be able) to memorize the contents better. 7.She told us nothing
________________(we/ not punish) her. 8.She went shopping __________________ (make) a
good supper. 9.Are you going to the dentist (he/examine) your teeth? 10. _________________
(write) a good composition you should plan ahead.11. I asked George to give us some money
___________________(we/buy) Mother a good present. 12. I am not going to the park in such
weather _______________(not catch) a cold. 13.I can help you __________________(you/do)
your work in time. 14.We were going to the village _________________(help) our relatives with
the crop. 15.I made all the preparations ___________________ (take) to the expedition together
with the others.
To be about to do smth – вот-вот собираться что-то сделать.
Exercise 14. Translate the following sentences.

1.Она вот-вот собиралась уйти, как раздался телефонный звонок. 2.Я совсем уже собирался
открыть дверь, как что-то меня остановило. 3.мы почти уже решили вопрос, как возникли
непредвиденные сложности. 4.Она едва не закричала от ужаса, как он закрыл ей рот рукой.
Она было собралась ему всё рассказать, но поняла, что совершит ошибку. 6. Мы как раз
собирались уходить, как появился наш начальник.
Exercise 15. Open the brackets, using the Infinitive in the correct form. Add the necessary
words.
1.It’s important ___________________ (the engine/test) in a proper way.
94
2.I’m calling my friends _____________________ (invite) them to the party.

3.It’s high time _______________________ (students/be) more diligent.
4.Though I was not the first ___________________ (arrive), I managed to get a good seat.
5.I’m going to Jack’s ___________________ (he/help) me with my English.
6.It was so silly _______________ (you/make) the same mistake again!
7.I am ________________(tired/go) anywhere today.
8.The teacher was about ______________________(leave) when the principal called her.
9.Any student is __________________ (clever/understand) such explanations.
10.The meeting has been too long so far. It’s time _______________( we/make) a break.
11.He raised his voice _________________________ (everyone/hear)him.
12.This Parker pen is very pleasant ______________________ (use).
13.We were anxious _______________________(he/get) a good mark.
14. He was the first ____________________(inform).
15.It was unfair ___________________(Tom/criticize) her cooking skills.
16.When we saw she was about ______________________(give) him a piece of her mind, we
stopped her.
17.The water isn’t ______________________ (clean/swim).
18. It was so nice __________________________(you/stay). I understood, that you were the only
person ________________________(show) me your loyalty.
Exercise 16. Translate the following sentences, using the infinitive models.
1.Вы уже достаточно взрослый, чтобы начать зарабатывать на жизнь.
___________________________________________________________________________
2.Важно, чтобы документы подписали вовремя.
___________________________________________________________________________
3.Вам давно пора нам всё рассказать.
___________________________________________________________________________
4.Было так щедро с Вашей стороны одолжить мне немного денег.
____________________________________________________________________________
5.Нам пора рассмотреть новые варианты решения этой проблемы.
___________________________________________________________________________
6.Я уверена, что он первым придёт на вечеринку.
___________________________________________________________________________
7.Дети играли тихо, чтобы не разбудить никого в доме.
___________________________________________________________________________
8.Вчера Кейт пошла к другу, чтобы он показал ей свои новые фото работы.
___________________________________________________________________________
9.Он так нервничал, что не мог говорить.
___________________________________________________________________________
10.Этой истории трудно поверить.
___________________________________________________________________________
11.Мы как раз собирались заканчивать собрание, как появился наш начальник.
___________________________________________________________________________
12.Для него важно получить необходимую информацию сегодня.
___________________________________________________________________________
95
THE INFINITIVE CONSTRUCTIONS
COMPLEX OBJECT
1) after the verbs of sense perception: to hear, to see, to watch, to notice … etc.
e.g. I saw him cross the street. I saw him crossing the street.
NB! He was seen to cross the street. He was seen crossing the street
NB! To see=understand, to hear=learn, to feel=realize + clause
e.g. I see you don’t understand me.
2) after the verbs of mental activity: to know, to think, to consider, to expect, to believe …etc.
e.g. I know him to be an honest man.
3) after verbs of inducement : to let, to make, to have, to get.
e.g. I made him say it again. He was made to say it again.
4) after verbs of emotion: to love, to like, to dislike, to hate, to respect.
e.g. I always disliked him to read aloud.
5) after the verbs of wish and intention: to want, to wish, to mean, would like, to desire, to
intend
e.g. I only want you to get ready for the trip.
6) after verbs allow, permit, advise, recommend, encourage, forbid + smb + to do smth
But: allow, permit, advise, recommend, encourage, forbid + doing smth
e.g. I don’t allow you to smoke in the room. I don’t allow smoking in the room.
Exercise 17. Infinitive or –ing form? (Rule #1)

1.I saw a small girl _______________________(stand) in the goldfish pond.
2.Have you ever heard a nightingale _________________(sing)?
3.I felt someone ________________(touch) my shoulder and a voice behind me said: ‘Freeze just
there!’
4.I can smell something ____________________(burn).
5.I saw Jim _________________ (open) the door and __________________(get) into the car.
6.She was seen ____________________(steal) something from the shelf.
7.I didn’t hear you __________________(come) in.
8. Do you hear someone ___________________ (call) in the distance? I do.
9.Last weekend I watched the children _______________(play) soccer at my son’s school.
10.I saw him _______________(fall) off the fence.
11.There was an earthquake in my hometown last year. It was just a small one, but I heard the
ground _____________________(shake).
12.We watched the road __________________(repair).
13.I was working in the garden and didn’t hear the phone ____________________( ring).
14.Tom was heard ____________________(complain) to her about his low salary the other day.
15.I see you _________________________(not to understand) me.

1.Мы слышали, как они спорили.
2.Никто не заметил, как он открыл дверь и вышел.
3.Мы чувствовали, что он нам не верит.
4.Вы заметили, как Майк списывал на контрольной?
5.Я слышал, как кто-то окликнул меня.
6.Я видел, что ему не хочется идти домой.
7.Он заметил, как она побледнела.
8.Видели, как Джейн вошла в сарай.
9.После захода солнца мы почувствовали, как температура воздуха падает.
10.Слышали, как кто-то кашлял в соседней комнате.
96
Exercise 19. Open the brackets, using Complex Object.(Rules ## 2-6)

1.I wouldn’t recommend _________________(anyone/stay) at this hotel.
2.I’d like ________________(she/give) a pay rise.
3.Do you want to go alone or do you want ________________(I/go) with you?
4.We considered __________________(he/be) an honest man.
5.We expect ______________(they/buy) a more expensive car.
6.Have _________________(the children/do) the cleaning, the room is in a mess.
7.We don’t want ____________(our planet/pollute).
8.My parents have always encouraged ________________(I/study) hard.
9.Glasses made _____________(she/look) older than she was.
10.Teachers don’t encourage _________________(cheat) at the exam.
11.The driver was made _______________(pay) a fine for speeding.
12.We don’t want _____________(anybody/know) that we are here.
13.Let’s get ________________(she/buy) us lunch.
14.I don’t like ________________(she/prevent) me from doing it.
15.I know ___________________(he/be) a man of deep learning.
Exercise 20. Translate the sentences into English.

1.Их заставили изменить решение.
2.Она поощряла его занятия спортом.
3.Я бы хотела, чтобы профессор просмотрел мой доклад вовремя.
4.Я не люблю, чтобы дети опаздывали на обед.
5.Преподаватель хочет, чтобы статью перевели к понедельнику.
6.Я не позволяю детям громко слушать музыку после 11 часов вечера.
7.Все ожидали, что он признает себя виновным.
8.Я бы не рекомендовал останавливаться в этой гостинице. Она очень дорогая.
9.Пусть они напишут диктант ещё раз.
10.Я считаю подобные занятия пустой тратой времени.
Exercise 21. Open the brackets, using Complex Object (Rules ## 1-6)
1.Where is Nick? I saw ________________(he/talk) to Kate a minute ago.
2.Parents always want _______________(their children/be) the best.
3.I wouldn’t like ___________________(such valuable presents/give) to me.
4.I noticed _________________(he/write) something and ____________(pass) it to Alice.
5.I feel ____________________(he/be) a reliable person.
6.I didn’t expect ______________________(he/behave) in such a way.
7.The teacher advised _____________________(use) reference books.
8.They were seen _____________________(try) on smart clothes.
9.I heard ___________________(she/mention) my name.
10.Her father doesn’t allow _______________________(she/go) to the cinema alone.
11.I’ve no desire to make ________________________(he/study) if he doesn’t feel like doing it.
12.He was seen ____________________(break) the vase.
13.Having a car enables ____________________(he/travel) more easily.
14.I hear _________________(he/be) abroad again.
15.Would you like ____________________(I/leave) now?
16.The old man doesn’t like ______________________(his grandchildren/make) a lot of noise
when they are playing.
17.She didn’t expect _________________(he/be) so rude.
18.Get ______________(Jim/do) the shopping, the fridge is empty.
19.I’d like _____________________(he/go) to university, but I can’t make __________(he/go).
20.We recommend _______________9book) early, as this is a popular event.
97
Exercise 22. Translate the following sentences into English.

1.Если увидят, что Вы взяли документ, Вас уволят.
_______________________________________________________________________________
2.Я видел, что она не хочет мириться с таким состоянием дел в компании.
_______________________________________________________________________________
3.Это не её вина. Её силой заставили подписать эти документы.
_______________________________________________________________________________
4.Он ожидал, что их с женой пригласят к Смитам на новоселье.
_______________________________________________________________________________
5.Я считаю, что это был глупый поступок.
_______________________________________________________________________________
6.Полагают, что он эксперт в этой области. Я советую обратиться к нему за советом.
_______________________________________________________________________________
7.Видели, как машина повернула за угол и исчезла.
_______________________________________________________________________________
8.Соседи слышали, как они весь вечер ругались.
_______________________________________________________________________________
9.Я бы хотел понаблюдать, как солнце садится в море.
_______________________________________________________________________________
10.Терпеть не могу, когда люди кричат друг на друга.
_______________________________________________________________________________
11.Не считайте его героем. Он сделал это абсолютно случайно.
_______________________________________________________________________________
12.Правила не позволяют членам клуба курить в помещении.
_______________________________________________________________________________
13.Распорядитесь, чтобы все служащие собрались в зале.
_______________________________________________________________________________
14.Никто не ожидал, что он решит эту проблему так быстро.
_______________________________________________________________________________
15.Не разрешайте детям выходить на улицу без курток. Заставьте их надеть их немедленно.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
COMPLEX SUBJECT
with the following verbs used in the Passive Voice

1) to see, to hear, to notice …and other verbs of sense perception.
e.g. He was seen to approach her.
2) to consider, to regard, to expect, to believe, to think … and other verbs of mental activity.
e.g. They are believed to be honest people.
3) to say, to report, to order, to ask, to allow, to state, to announce.
e.g. She was allowed to take James home with her.
with the following verbs used in the Active Voice:
to seem/to appear, to happen/chance, to prove/to turn out
e.g. The restaurant turned out to be French.
with the following adjectives:
likely, unlikely, certain, sure
e.g. They are likely to come soon.
NB! The Infinitive in the Complex Subject is used in all its forms:
e.g. He is said to live in London. The water seems to be boiling. They are reported to have
finished the construction. Jane appears to have been playing tennis since morning.
98
Exercise 23. Paraphrase the following according to the Model:

A. It is reported that the delegation has left Moscow. – The delegation is reported to have left
Moscow.
1.It is known that he has a large collection of pictures. 2.It may be said that the new theatre is the
most beautiful building in the town. 3.It was reported that the ship had arrived in Odessa. 4.It can’t
be considered that the results of the experiment are bad. 5.It is expected that many people will
attend the meeting. 6.It is believed that there is hope of reaching an agreement. 7.It is said that the
expedition has reached Vladivostok. 8.It is considered that this mine is the best in the district. 9.It
can be expected that the weather will improve soon. 10.It is said that there are many difficulties in
solving this problem.
B. It seemed that he knew the subject well. – He seemed to know the subject well.
1.It happened that they met that very day. 2.It proved that there were some broken cups in the case.
3.It seems that the play has made a deep impression on him. 4.It proved that he was a very
experienced worker. 5.It appears that the house was built in the eighteenth century. 6.It happened
that there was a doctor there at that time. 7.It appears that there are different opinions on this
subject. 8.It happened that he was at home at that time. 9.It seems that there is a great difference
between these two samples. 10.It seems that they have forgotten us completely.
C. It is not likely that they will return soon. – They are not likely to return soon.
1.It appears unlikely that the experiment will give good results. 2.It is likely that he has accepted
his offer. 3.It is sure that they will come to Moscow. 4. It appears likely that he will recover soon.
5.It is very likely that his article will be published in the newspaper. 6.It seems likely that there
will be a storm on the sea. 7.It seemed unlikely that the price of these raw materials would rise. 8.It
is likely that the goods were shipped on Monday. 9.It is likely that the conference will be held in
Moscow. 10.It seems likely that an agreement will be reached in the near future.
Exercise 24. Open the brackets, putting the verb in brackets in the correct form.
1.He seems ________________(live) here most of his life.
2.He didn’t answer at once. He seemed __________________(clear) his throat.
3.She didn’t seem _________________(interest) in the problem.
4.The letter doesn’t seem _____________________(reach) them.
5.She appears _______________________ (know) French well. He is said
____________________(spend) his youth in Paris.
6. You seem ______________________(look) for trouble.
7.They are supposed _______________________(work) at the problem for the last two months.
8.The book is likely _____________________(publish) and ____________________(appear) on
sale pretty soon.
9.You won’t be likely ____________________(miss) the train if you start right now.
10.Her ring was believed _______________________(lose) until she happened
___________________(find) it while cleaning the house. It turned out
___________________(drop)between the sofa and the wall.
Exercise 25. Open the brackets, putting the verb in brackets in the correct form.
1.She smiled and waved her hand. She seemed ____________________(recognize) me.
2.You needn’t tell me this. I happened ______________________(give) all the details by Mother.
She is expected _____________________(operate) today.
3.Don’t cry! Everything is bound ________________(get) right between you.
4.The expedition is reported __________________(make) a wonderful discovery.
5.He seems _______________(read) since morning.
6.The enemy was reported ___________________(overthrow) the defence and
_____________________ (advance) towards the city.
7.They were heard __________________(quarrel).Everyone could hear their angry voices.
99
8.The strength of the metal proved _________________(overestimate) by the designer.

9.He is out of breath. He is likely ____________________(run) all the way here.
10.He appears __________________(offer) them his service. He seems _________________(be)
very thoughtful these days.

1Говорят, что он в Москве.
_______________________________________________________________________________
2.Ожидают, что договор будет подписан на этой неделе.
_______________________________________________________________________________
3.Все студенты, кажется, прочитали эту статью.
_______________________________________________________________________________
4.Видели, как она писала письмо.
_______________________________________________________________________________
5.Известно, что он придерживается другого мнения.
_______________________________________________________________________________
6.Сообщают, что вылет задержали из-за тумана.
_______________________________________________________________________________
7.Слышали, что они согласились участвовать в этом проекте.
_______________________________________________________________________________
8.Они случайно встретились в этом городе.
_______________________________________________________________________________
9.Очень вероятно, что она уже выписалась из гостиницы.
_______________________________________________________________________________
10.Он непременно получит приз за свою картину.
_______________________________________________________________________________

1.Говорят, что этот дом был построен в девятнадцатом веке.
_______________________________________________________________________________
2.Считают, что он один из лучших лётчиков нашей страны.
_______________________________________________________________________________
3.Он, кажется, знает её хорошо.
_______________________________________________________________________________
4.Доктор наверняка прописал тебе что-нибудь от кашля.
_______________________________________________________________________________
5.Известно, что члены комитета обсуждают этот вопрос уже три часа.
_______________________________________________________________________________
6.Оказалось, что всемирно известная песня Bessame Muccho была написана девочкой –
подростком.
_______________________________________________________________________________
7.Предполагается, что рассказ будет опубликован в следующем номере журнала.
_______________________________________________________________________________
8.Он, кажется, работает в читальном зале.
_______________________________________________________________________________
9.Театр, вероятно, не поедет в Лондон в этом сезоне.
_______________________________________________________________________________
10.Слышали,как директор разговаривал по телефону.
_______________________________________________________________________________
100
Exercise 28. THE INFINITIVE. REVISION.
I.Open the brackets, putting the verb into the required form of the Infinitive.
1.He was such a bore that all she wanted was _____________________(to leave) alone.
2.You look exhausted. You’d better _______________________ (to go) home.
3. It seems still ____________________(to rain).
4.Get them ______________________(to come) as soon as possible.
5.The book is likely _____________________(to publish) pretty soon.
6.They seem _____________________(to wait) for us for ages.
7.Peter was seen _______________________(to enter) the room.
8.It’s a pleasure _______________________(to be) your friend all these years.
9.He was the only one ______________________(to realize) the danger.
10.They made the customer _________________________(to accept) their terms.
11.The Nuremberg trials were the biggest international trials ever _________________ (to hold).
12.At that time I happened ____________________(to write) my first novel.
13.Just look at his hands. He is sure ______________________(to work) in the garage.
14.I felt a weight ____________________(to slip off) my heart.
15.He had _____________________(to put on) a coat because it was cold in the morning.
16.These houses were among the few ___________________(to survive) after a great fire.
17.He gave me a knife _____________________(to cut) the bread with.
18.Why not _____________________(to start) out now?
19.I am sorry _____________________(to break) your pen.
20.I would rather__________________(to go) there alone.
II. Translate the following sentences into English.
1.Ребёнок слишком мал, чтобы смотреть подобные фильмы.

_______________________________________________________________________________
2.Когда вы ожидаете их возвращения?
_______________________________________________________________________________
3.Шэрон хочет, чтобы ей рассказали последние новости.
_______________________________________________________________________________
4.Известно, что он расследует это дело уже несколько месяцев.
_______________________________________________________________________________
5.Объявили, что пожар уже потушили.
_______________________________________________________________________________
6.Эллен не покончила жизнь самоубийством. Он видел, как её кто-то толкнул.
_______________________________________________________________________________
7.Его заставили выполнить своё обещание.
_______________________________________________________________________________
8.Кто оставил дверь открытой? Не допускайте этого впредь.
_______________________________________________________________________________
9.Я рад, что встретил своих бывших сокурсников на конференции.
_______________________________________________________________________________
10.Когда я вошла в комнату, он притворился, что что-то пишет.
_______________________________________________________________________________
101
THE GERUND
In modern English the Gerund has the following forms:
Active Passive
Indefinite writing being written
Perfect having written having been written
e.g. School leavers are afraid of taking entrance exams.
Children can’t bear being taken to the dentist’s.
He denied having taken a bribe.
She was delighted at having been taken to the circus.
1) The Gerund is used after the following verbs:

Admit, appreciate, avoid, bear (can’t bear), cease, consider, continue, delay, deny, dislike, detest,
enjoy, escape, excuse, fancy, finish, forgive, help(can’t help),imagine, involve, keep(=continue),
mention, mind, miss, postpone, put off, practice, quit, recall, resent, resist,
risk, suggest
e.g. I enjoy swimming. I appreciate being shown the photos.
NB! After the verbs want, need, require, be worth the Gerund is used in the Active form
though it has a passive meaning.
e.g. The room needs (=requires, wants) painting. The book is worth reading.
NB! After the verbs advise, allow, encourage, forbid, permit, recommend not followed by an
object. e.g. I forbid smoking here.(but: I forbid you to smoke here.)
2) The Gerund is used after the following prepositional verbs:

Agree to, accuse of, admire for, aim at, apologize for, approve of, benefit from, blame for, boast
of, burst out, carry on, congratulate on, count on, depend on, dream of, excuse smb for, forgive
smb for, give up, inform of, insist on, keep smb from, look forward to, object to, persist in, prevent
from, punish for, put off, rely on, result in, stop from, succeed in, suspect of, take up, talk into /out
of, thank for, think of, warn against.
e.g. He did everything to talk me out of joining the club.
3) The Gerund is used after the following adjectives:

be busy, be no good, be worth, feel like.(e.g. I don’t feel like walking today.) and the following
prepositional adjectives: accustomed to, afraid of, astonished at, aware of, bad at, bored with,
capable of, clever at, crazy about, delighted at, disappointed at, engaged in, excited about,
experienced in, famous for, fed up with, fond of, grateful for, guilty of, ignorant of, interested in,
keen on, pleased with, proud of, responsible for, satisfied with, shocked at, slow at, sorry for, sure
of, surprised at, tired of, used to, worried about.
e.g. I insist on getting down to business.
4) The Gerund is used after the noun ‘use’ (It’s no use … , What’s the use of …) and the
following prepositional nouns:
OF: advantage, art, chance, effort, habit, hope, idea, importance, intention, means, method,
necessity, opportunity, pleasure, point, privilege, process, possibility, way
IN: difficulty, experience, harm, interest, point
FOR: plan, preparation, reason
TO: objection
e.g. I was on the point of leaving when they came. There is no point in telling him the truth.
5) After prepositions after, against, before, by, besides, despite, in spite of, instead of, on,
without e.g. He became rich by working hard and without borrowing from anyone
Exercise 29.Open the brackets using the active or passive form of the Infinitive. Rule #1
102
1.She tried to avoid ____________________(speak) to.

2.I fancy _______________(wear) a wedding dress and ________________(congratulate) by all
the guests.
3.I don’t mind _____________________(criticize) when it is fair.
4.The shoes need _______________(polish).
5.She denied _________________(take) the documents from the safe.
6.Kate appreciated ____________________(put) in charge of such an important project.
7.Celebrities can’t help _______________________(watch) by their fans all the time.
8.Do you mind my ____________________(smoke) here?
9.He hates _____________________(remind) people of their duties or ________________
(remind) of his.
10.He is unwilling to admit ________________(be) jealous of his brother.
11.if you want to invest money, you should know the company well; if not you risk
___________________(cheat).
12.He couldn’t recall ________________(see) anything suspicious at the house.
13.I don’t want to miss ___________________(see) this programme.
14.People usually resent _______________(bother) at lunch time.
15.We recommend ________________(book) early as it is a popular event.
Exercise 30. Open the brackets using the active or passive form of the Infinitive. Rule #1
1.Abbott mentioned _______________(telephone) the house that evening, but he said that nobody
had answered.
2.The doctor recommended _____________________(avoid) strenuous activity for the first few
weeks.
3.I suggest _______________(hold) another meeting next week.
4.I don’t enjoy ______________(go) to the dentist.
5.I hate _________________(borrow) money from.
6.She denied ________________(see) me at the concert though I’m sure I saw her in the stalls.
7.Do you mind _______________(examine) by a heart specialist?
8.He tried to avoid __________________(see).
9.He considered ____________________(change) his job when they increased the hours.
10.I can’t resist _____________________(have) another piece of apple pie.
11.The water requires _________________(filter).
12.I can’t stand _____________________(spy) on.
13.He admitted ____________________(stop) by the police for speeding.
14.You risk _______________(lose) your driving license if you drink and drive.
15.If a thing is worth ________________(do), it is worth _______________(do) well.

1.Почему ты избегаешь встреч со мной?
_______________________________________________________________________________
2.Я не люблю, когда со мной обращаются, как с ребёнком.
_______________________________________________________________________________
3.Машину нужно помыть, иначе тебя оштрафуют.
_______________________________________________________________________________
4.Она обожает давать интервью.
_______________________________________________________________________________
5.Вы не будете против, если Вас спросят о Вашем детстве?
_______________________________________________________________________________
6.Я ценю, что меня выбрали сыграть роль слуги в её новом спектакле.
_______________________________________________________________________________
7.Если Вы вложите деньги в этот бизнес, Вы рискуете потерять каждый вложенный цент.
_______________________________________________________________________________
103
8.Посмотрите на тучи! Я предлагаю пойти в дом.

_______________________________________________________________________________
9.Он отрицает, что был в доме у Батлеров в ночь убийства.
_______________________________________________________________________________
10.Вообще я запрещаю кормить мою собаку, но вы можете дать ей немного мяса.
_______________________________________________________________________________

1.Он отрицает, что он Ваш муж.
_______________________________________________________________________________
2.Я отложу разговор с ним до завтра.
_______________________________________________________________________________
3.Я не выношу, когда мне возражают.
_______________________________________________________________________________
4.Дом нуждается в покраске.
_______________________________________________________________________________
5.Он признался, что ограбил банк и был арестован за грабёж.
_______________________________________________________________________________
6.Это был такой милый ребёнок, что я не мог устоять, чтобы не погладить его по голове.
_______________________________________________________________________________
7.Она не могла не думать о родителях.
_______________________________________________________________________________
8.Я ценю, что меня назначили на должность директора по продажам.
_______________________________________________________________________________
9.Вы не возражаете, если я сегодня вечером поработаю за Вашим столом?
_______________________________________________________________________________
10.После того вечера он избегал, чтобы его видели.
_______________________________________________________________________________
Exercise 33. Insert the prepositions. (Rules ## 2-5)

1.She was worried ____________ getting the job.
2.I am responsible ___________ bringing up the children.
3.I must apologize _________ entering _________ knocking.
4.I sat on the doorstep thinking over my chances ________ escaping.
5.I want to thank her ________looking after the children while I was out.
6.Tom prevented us __________ telling the truth.
7.He had been accustomed ________ living without electricity and missed it very little.
8.They insisted ___________ seeing all the rooms.
9.He doesn’t approve ________ sending Nick to work there.
10.Could you explain your reasons _________ choosing this particular course?
11.He had difficulty _________ driving the car.
12.We were about to be turned out of our flat _________ not paying the rent.
13.We can’t rely _________ his keeping the promise.
14.There is no point __________ staying.
15.I have always been good _________ skiing.
16.We are looking ___________ _________ seeing you soon.
17.________ hearing the news she burst _________ crying.
18.Soon he got used _________ getting up early in the morning.
19.He is suspected __________ stealing the money.
20.I don’t like the idea _____________ going there at the weekend.
Exercise 34.Open the brackets using the Infinitive. Insert prepositions.

1.You should give __________ _________________(gamble).
104
2.He was accused ____________ _________________ (leak) classified information to the press.
3._________ ___________________(allow) to leave the room, the children ran out into the yard.
4.Do you know what is peculiar about the English rule ________ _____________(drive)?
5.The coat showed evident signs __________ _______________ (wear) on the preceding night.
6.She is quite capable ___________ _______________(solve) the problem herself.
7.He was annoyed ________ ________________ (tell) so much nonsense.
8.He had got out of the habit _______________ ___________________(ask) questions by the
journalists.
9. They persisted _________ ____________________(sent) there.
10.In fear _________ __________________ (recognize) she lowered her gaze.
11.We all kissed Mother ____________ _______________ (go) to bed.
12.I am not used __________ _______________(give) Christmas presents.
13.You can improve your pronunciation ____________ _________________ (read) aloud.
14.Excuse me. I said it ________________ __________________(think).
15.I object _________ ________________(question) without a lawyer.
Exercise 35. Open the brackets using the Infinitive. Insert prepositions.
1.We are looking _________________ _____________ _______________(invite) to our friends’
wedding party.
2.He was astonished _______ ____________________(cheat) at cards.
3.His experience __________ _______________(drive) a car will be useful for his future work.
4.The baby fell asleep __________ _____________(feed).
5.Ken is responsible ___________ ____________________(develop) a project.
6.The man was accused _________ ___________________(violate) the rules.
7.There is little hope ___________ the work _______________(do) on time.
8.Newton was sometimes engaged ________ ______________(work) out difficult problems.
9.Of course, I should insist ________ ____________ (pay) for the work done on time.
10.________ ___________ (hear) the news, she ran to the telephone.
11.He hesitated a little ________ ____________ (open) the door. There was somebody inside.
12.Excuse me _________ ______________(come) late.
13.I disliked the idea ____________ ______________(spend) a holiday with other people.
14.Miss Brodey suffered greatly from a sense ___________ ________________(betray).
15.He was ashamed __________ _______________ (sleep) on the Embankment.

1.Шум в соседней комнате мешал мне думать.
_______________________________________________________________________________
2.Я думаю о том, чтобы поехать летом на юг.
_______________________________________________________________________________
3.Невозможно сделать омлет, не разбив яиц.(посл.)
_______________________________________________________________________________
4.У него была странная привычка вмешиваться в дела других людей.
_______________________________________________________________________________
5.Результаты эксперимента должны быть проверены перед опубликованием.
_______________________________________________________________________________
6.Он очень устал от того, что его всё время ругают.
_______________________________________________________________________________
7.Все были удивлены, что этот вопрос решился так быстро.
_______________________________________________________________________________
8.Я очень признательна вам за вашу помощь нам.
_______________________________________________________________________________
9.Он с нетерпением ждал встречи с родителями.
_______________________________________________________________________________
10.Теперь я могу похвастаться, что видела Рим и Лондон, Париж и Афины.
___________________________________________________________________________
105

1.Он преуспел в установлении контактов с деловыми партнёрами.
_______________________________________________________________________________
2.Мальчик жаловался, что его постоянно ругают и наказывают.
_______________________________________________________________________________
3.Она согласилась на участие в конкурсе красоты.
_______________________________________________________________________________
4.Его обвинили в том, что он продал важные государственные секреты.
_______________________________________________________________________________
5.Он боялся, что его посадят в тюрьму.
_______________________________________________________________________________
6.У неё была сложность в поиске хорошо оплачиваемой работы.
_______________________________________________________________________________
7.Когда его спросили об этом, он сказал, что ничего не знает.
_______________________________________________________________________________
8.Тебе хочется куда-нибудь сходить?
_______________________________________________________________________________
9.Какова причина, что она так роскошно выглядит?
_______________________________________________________________________________
10.Я настаиваю на том, чтобы мне сказали правду.
_______________________________________________________________________________
Exercise 38. The Gerund. Revision.

1. Open the brackets, putting the verb into the required form of the Gerund.
Insert prepositions where necessary.
1.These trousers need _________________(to wash).
2.He isn’t used ___________________(to treat) like that.
3.She denies _____________________(to tell) anybody our secret.
4.I’m surprised at your _______________________(to miss) so many classes this term.
5.The child is afraid _____________________(to scold) for the mess in his room.
6.The mother thanked the doctor ______________________(to save) her son’s life.
7.I don’t mind ______________________(to criticize) when it is fair.
8.He is suspected ______________________ (to kill) his brother.
9.It was no use ______________________(to blind) one’s eyes to the facts.
10.I object ____________________(to disturb) when I’m busy.
11.He is proud ______________________(to appoint) to this post.
12.She admitted ____________________(to give) 15,000 dollars for stealing information.
13.I mentioned _______________________ (to read) it in the paper.
14.I hate ______________________(to push) around by outsiders.
15.I’m sure you’ll get used ___________________________(to live) on your own.
16.After such an unpleasant scene he avoided ____________________________ (to see).
17.I’ll never forget _____________________ (to laugh at).
18. She has a bad habit ______________________ (to interrupt) people.
19.We are ashamed _______________________(to punish) for disobedience.
20.Nothing can prevent me ______________________(to go) there.

1.Женщины любят, когда за ними ухаживают.
_______________________________________________________________________________
2.Это достоверная информация. Её стоит принять во внимание.
_______________________________________________________________________________
3.Эти товары стоит купить.
_______________________________________________________________________________
106
4.Могу ли я рассчитывать на то, что меня отвезут завтра в аэропорт?

_______________________________________________________________________________
5.Дети были в восторге от того, что их сводили в цирк.
_______________________________________________________________________________
6.Он признался, что украл велосипед.
_______________________________________________________________________________
7.Я уверена, что мои друзья с нетерпением ждут моего возвращения из Парижа.
_______________________________________________________________________________
8.Он терпеть не мог, когда на него смотрели.
_______________________________________________________________________________
9.Он удивился, что его обманули.
_______________________________________________________________________________
10.Дождь такой сильный, что нет смысла идти на прогулку.
_______________________________________________________________________________
VERBS USED WITHTHE GERUND AND THE INFINITIVE

The verbs begin, start, cease and continue can be followed by either a to-infinitive or an-ing
form with little difference in meaning. e.g.She began crying/to cry. (an activity or process)
But: I began to feel dizzy. (a state or mental activity);The barometer began to fall. (the subject
is lifeless); It is beginning to freeze. (the verb is in the continuous form)
It started raining. It is starting to rain.
The factory has ceased making bicycles. The Old German Empire ceased to exist.
How long will you continue working. He continued to live with his parents after his marriage.
+ to-infinitive + -ing
forget Don’t forget to call me. = Не забудь I forgot calling you the day before =
позвонить Я забыл, что звонил
go on After lunch he went on to show us some Go on reading. = Продолжай
holiday photos.= Смена деятельности делать то, что делал
после перерыва
like I like to pay my bills regularly.= Я I like cooking. = Мне нравится
считаю это правильным готовить.
mean I meant to phone you last week. = It means working on Saturdays. =
Намереваться Означать
regret I regret to say,that … = Сожалеть о том, I regret selling the house. =
что придётся что-то сказать(с Сожалеть о сделанном
глаголами информирования)
remember Remember to buy some bread.=Не I remember buying a hat.= Я
забыть что-то сделать … помню, как делал что-то
stop She stopped to light a cigarette. = I stopped smoking. = Прекратить
Остановиться, чтобы что-то сделать что-то делать
try I tried to do it but couldn’t. = Пытаться, I tried opening the can without a
Прикладывать усилия knife. = Попробовать,
Exercise 39. Choose the correct form: to-infinitive or –ing form.

Remember
1.Please remember … the letter. (post)
2.I remember … to the bank but nothing after that. (go)
3.She could remember … along the road just before the accident happened.(drive)
4.-Did you remember … a newspaper on the way home? (buy)
5.When you see Molly, remember … her my regards, won’t you? (give)
6.I remember … the money in the top drawer, but it’s not there now. (put)
107
Regret
1.It’s too late now, but I’ll always regret … John to do the work.(ask)
2.I regret … you that the model you want is out of stock. (tell)
3.We’ve always regretted … the farm. (sell)
4.We regret … you that you owe the bank $ 100. (inform)
5.I regret … to my father’s advice. He was right. (not listen)
6.It cost me a fortune, but I don’t regret … a year traveling abroad. (spend)
Stop
1.Passing the kitchen he stopped … a glass of water. (drink)
2.I found that my back stopped … when I lay on the floor. (ache)
3.I really must stop … . (smoke)
4.They stopped … the petrol tank on the way back. (fill)
5.Although I was in a hurry I stopped … to him. (talk)
6.My brother stopped … his nails when he was six. (bite)
Try
1.To help me get to sleep, I tried … about waves breaking. (think)
2.I didn’t like the way the furniture was arranged, so I tried … the table. (move)
3.The handle came off when I tried … my suitcase. (lift)
4.Try … there on time. (get)
5.He tried … on his head but he couldn’t. (stand)
6.-The photocopier doesn’t seem to be working.
-Try … the green button. (press)
Go on
1.After the interval, Pavarotti went on … an aria from Tosca. (sing)
2.Although she asked him to stop, he went on … his pen on the table. (tap)
3.The children were shouting and screaming, but he went on … to Frank. (talk)
4.We’ve tried to persuade her to stop, but she just goes on … . (smoke)
5.Dr.Harris welcomed the members of the committee and went on … the subject of the meeting.
(introduce)
6.Then, in her letter she goes on … that most of her family have been ill. (say)
Mean
1.I meant … you last week. (phone)
2.Here’s the money I owe you. I meant … it to you yesterday. (give)
3.You could see the doctor today but as you haven’t got an appointment it would mean … for a
couple of hours. (wait)
4.If we want to get there by 7.00, that means … before 5.00. (get up)
5.I didn’t mean … that you were dishonest. (imply)
6.Missing the train means … on foot. (go)
Exercise 40. Fill in the correct form of the gerund or the infinitive.
1.The weather was awful. It didn’t stop ____________________(rain) all day.
2.Did you remember ________________ (air) the room?
3. I meant _________________(help) but I wasn’t able to.
4.We tried _________________(press) the ‘escape’ key but the program just wouldn’t respond.
5.I remember _______________(fall) out of my pram when I was a baby.
6.Oh, look! It’s starting ________________(rain).
7.I’ll never forget __________________(sail) through that storm in the Atlantic.
8.My aunt likes ________________(knit).
108
9.I really regret _________________(leave) school so young, it’s ruined my career prospects.
10.Being a professional means _____________________(do) your job very well.
11. You never cease _________________(amaze) me!
12.I tried my best _________________(finish), but there just wasn’t enough time.
13.The band went on ________________ (play) after the lights had gone out.
14. The company ceased ___________________(trade) in June.
15.After explaining the grammar the teacher went on _______________(ask) us the vocabulary.
16. We regret _______________(inform) you that he can’t offer you the job.
17.Don’t forget _________________(bring) some cash in case they don’t accept credit cards.
18. I didn’t know how to get there, so I stopped ________________ (ask) the way.
19.I started ________________ (play) golf last year.
20.Now we were beginning ______________(feel) excited.
21.We were all exhausted so we stopped _______________(get) some rest at a motel.
22.The rain continued ___________________(fall) all afternoon.
23. My friend likes __________________(consult) a doctor twice a year.
Exercise 41. Fill in the correct form of the gerund or the infinitive.
1.Tom stopped _______________(pick) up his washing on the way home.
2. Oh, no! I totally forgot __________________(turn) off the cooker.
3.Did he go on __________________(talk) about the same boring topics all night?
4.She regrets _________________(spend) so much money on her new dress.
5.Being a diabetic I like ________________(avoid) anything containing sugar.
6.Try ______________ (phone) John at the office if he’s not at home.
7. He was promoted in 1990 and went on _______________(become) a company director.
8.I’ll never forget ______________(travel) across America.
9.I meant ______________(tell) you there’s a job vacancy at the chemist’s.
10.I was very tired. I tried ________________(keep) my eyes open but I couldn’t.
11.We regret ________________(inform) you that we can’t offer you the job.
12.Did you remember ________________(pack) some spare cassettes for the video camera
yesterday?
13.I stopped ______________(eat) sugar years ago.
14.After a career in the secret service, Ian Fleming went on ______________(achieve) fame as an
author.
15.I like ________________(meet) new people.
16.It’s starting _____________(get) cold.
17. Do you remember _______________(ride) a bicycle for the first time?
18.You won’t find any spare parts; they stopped _______________(make) them ages ago.
19.We regret _____________(announce) the cancellation of today’s service due to ill health.
20.Nothing will stop their enquiries, they mean ________________(get) to the bottom of this
strange business.
21. Don’t forget _______________(record) ‘East Enders’ tomorrow evening.
22.Suddenly the rain began _________________(fall).
23.The buds were just beginning ________________(open).
Exercise 42. Revision: Gerund/Infinitive

I. Open the brackets, putting the verb into the required form of either the Gerund or the
Infinitive.
1.After ___________________ (to describe) the situation in general, he went on
____________________ (to talk) about details.
2.When an old woman entered the carriage none of them stood up. They pretended
_________________________(to sleep).
3.The proposal is reported ________________________(to approve) by the committee.
109
4.I’m considering ______________________(to drop) out of school. I can’t afford

_____________________(to pay) for my education.
5.I’m glad you remembered _________________(to bring) some tea, because I haven’t got any.
6.-Does Mr.Black mind _____________________(to borrow) money from?
-Oh, yes. He avoids ____________________(to give) money even to his wife.
7.Bill isn’t used _______________________(to wear) a suit and tie every day.
8.She claimed _______________________(to see) a ghost while staying at the old castle.
9.It’s urgent. I want it _____________________(to do) immediately.
10.She is known _______________________(to work) on a very important project for 2 months
now.
11.Everyone was surprised at this question _______________________(to solve) so quickly.
12.I apologized to Diane for ______________________(to make) her ___________________(to
wait) for me.
13.-I meant _____________________(to tell) you there’s a job vacancy at the chemist’s.
-Well, I won’t apply if it means _______________________(to work) at the weekends.
14.Joe resents _____________________(to treat) like a child.
15.Sorry I’m late. I had _____________________(to stop)____________________(to pick up)
the children from school.
16.The arrested man denied ________________________(to be) anywhere near the bank.
17.Try _____________________(to forget) it. It isn’t worth _________________________(to
worry) about.
18.The baby wouldn’t stop ________________________(to cry). I tried __________________ (to
hold) him. I tried _____________________(to feed) him. Nothing worked.
19.I’m getting tired. I need __________________(to take) a break.
20.I’ll never forget _____________________(to carry) my wife over the threshold.

1. Многие люди не выносят, когда им говорят, что надо делать.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
2. Он отрицал, что просил её достать цианид.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
3. Перевернув последнюю страницу, она решила, что прочтёт эту книгу ещё раз.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
4. Она не привыкла, чтобы её заставляли ждать.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
5. День слишком жаркий, чтобы идти на пляж. Но, кажется, многим нравится загорать
именно сейчас.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
6. Он прервал своего собеседника, чтобы сказать: «Вам бы лучше держать язык за
зубами!»
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
7. Мне было интересно, следует ли мне извиниться за то, что я ей не перезвонил.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
8. Я помню, что меня спрашивали, люблю ли я путешествовать с родителями.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
110
9. Ребёнок настаивает на том, чтобы ему разрешили пойти погулять.

_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
10. Она было собралась принять душ, как услышала, как кто-то постучал в дверь.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
Exercise 43. Revision. Gerund/Infinitive.
I.Open the brackets, putting the verb into the required form of either the Gerund or the
Infinitive.
1.You’re tired. It’s my fault. I ought _____________________(to insist) on your
_____________________ (to take) a holiday long ago.
2.I tried ____________________(to send) her flowers but still she wouldn’t speak to me.
3.The alarm clock went off but Chris went on _____________________(to sleep).
4.-Are you thinking of _______________________(to shoot) a new film?
-People seem _____________________(to ask) me that question for days but I’m in two minds
about it.
5.We have always deeply regretted ______________________(to sell) the farm.
6.Did you remember _______________________(to congratulate) Jim on his birthday?
7.We stopped_____________________ (to call) our friend from a public phone box. He was
supposed _____________________(to work) at his office.
8.Her husband was ____________________(to go) on a business trip and she dreaded
________________________(to leave) alone with the children.
9.She read his message and then went on ____________________(to sort out) the letters.
10.He needs ___________________ (to win) a few games ____________________(to get) his
confidence up.
11.It’s no use _____________________(to persuade) him _____________________(to join) us.
12. I have a friend who claims ___________________________(to see) this film twice.
13.If the car won’t start try ______________________(to push) it.
14.Though he avoided _____________________(to show) it, he seemed
___________________(to take ill) long before his arrival.
15.She made her husband______________________ (to carry) the luggage as it was too heavy.
16.He reproached himself for ________________(not to try) _________________(to talk)to her.
17.I regret _____________________(to tell) you that there has been an accident.
18.We stopped _______________________(to work) at teatime.
19.Our front gate is falling to pieces. It needs _________________________(to mend).
20.I felt ashamed of ______________________(to give) my permission _________________
(to interview) by a man who pretended __________________(to be) a journalist.

1.Она рассердилась, что её друга не пригласили на вечеринку, и решила узнать правду об
этом.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
2.Этот фильм стоит посмотреть. Постарайтесь достать на него билет.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
3.Я рад, что мне дали эту книгу. Я люблю читать справочники. Они очень помогают мне.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
111
4.Я всё ещё помню, как меня оперировали 5 лет назад. Мне пришлось перенести 2 операции
за короткий период времени.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
5.-Почему он выглядит таким несчастным?
-Кажется, он страдает от зубной боли. Никогда не стоит откладывать посещение зубного
врача.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
6.Они обвинили меня в том, что я пренебрёг своими обязанностями, и я не мог не
почувствовать себя пристыженным.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
7.Он любит ездить к своим родителям. Я знаю, что он несколько раз посетил их в этом
году.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
8.Они гордятся, что добились больших успехов и заслуживают, чтобы их похвалили.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
9.После этого инцидента он избегал, чтобы его просили рассказать о его прошлом.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
10.Кажется, Эдвин что-то ищет в траве уже минут десять. Интересно, когда он закончит
делать это?
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
112
PARTICIPLE
Active Passive
Indefinite Participle Asking Being asked
(Participle 1)
Past Participle Asked
(Participle II)
Perfect Participle Having asked Having been asked
1. Indefinite Participle (Active and Passive) shows that the action named by the Participle takes
place at the same time with that of the finite verb. These forms denote simultaneous action in the
present, past or future.
e.g. Do you see the child waving the flag?
That day we stayed at home watching TV.
In a few minutes the guests will be arriving wearing smiles and carrying presents.
Past Participle has no tense distinctions; it has only one form which can express both an action
simultaneous with and prior to the action expressed by the finite verb. In most cases it denotes
priority or refers to no particular time.
e.g. He is a man loved and admired by everybody.
She took the long forgotten letter out of the bag.
Perfect Participle (Active and Passive) shows that the action named by the participle preceded
that of the the finite verb. Its forms denote priority to a present, past or future action.
e.g. Having explained everything I want to tell you how sorry I am.
Having finished the letter, he went to the post office.
Having settled the problem, you will find something new to worry about.
NB!
a) A prior action is not always expressed by the Perfect Participle with some verbs of sense
perception and motion: to see, to hear, to come, to arrive, to seize, to look, to turn , etc. the
Indefinite Participle is used even if priority is meant.
e.g. Hearing footsteps he went to open the door. Услышав шаги внизу, он пошёл открывать
дверь.
b) Поскольку Perfect Participles (Active and Passive) переводятся деепричастием (сделав,
будучи сделанным ранее), то они не могут использоваться для предложений, содержащих
причастие прошедшего времени (сделавший ранее). Поэтому для перевода предложений
типа: «Человек, стоявший здесь, уже ушёл»,используется придаточное предложение. The
man, who stood here a minute ago, has already left.
2. The Participle has special forms to denote the Active and Passive Voice.
e.g. When writing letters, he doesn’t like to be disturbed.
Being written in pencil, the letter was difficult to read.(Так как письмо было написано
карандашом …)
Having written the letter, he went to the post-office.(Написав письмо, ….)
Having been written long ago, the manuscript was impossible to read.(Так как манускрипт был
написан давно, …)
Exercise 44. Open the brackets, putting the verb into the required form of the Participle.
1.He looked like an African savage __________________(to show) a simple conjuring trick.
2._____________________(to read) the telegram twice, he understood that the matter needed
immediate attention.
113
3. “May I come in?” she said ________________________(to push) the door a little wider open.
4.His words________________________ (to utter) in an undertone reached my ears.
5.___________________________(not to reconstruct) for a long time, the mansion was a
miserable sight.
6.James hesitated for a moment _____________________(not to know) what was going on.
7.The servant took us into a large hall ____________________(to decorate) with flowers.
8.__________________(to inform) of their arrival the day before, he was prepared to meet them.
9.Generally_______________ (to speak), the problem is not so easy as it seems to be.
10._____________________(to fascinate) by these hands she couldn’t help looking at them.
11._____________________(to tell) everything he knew, the witness left the box.
12.The message will lose its importance if ________________________(not to deliver)
immediately.
13.He did not even glance at the _____________________(to murder) man.
14.She was always to him a girl with ________________________ (to dance) eyes.
15._________________________(to leave) my luggage at the station, I couldn’t change clothes.
16.He lay on his bed ____________________________(to smoke) a cigarette.
17.______________________(to hear) his step, Ann ran to the foot of the stairs to meet him.
18.The news _____________________(to receive) yesterday impressed everybody greatly.
19.What is the name of the man _____________________(to speak) on the phone now?
20.She did not speak, _______________________(to fill) with the sense of silent confidence.
Exercise 45. Open the brackets, putting the verb into the required form of the Participle.
1.___________________(to lend) my dictionary to a friend I had to go to the library to get one
for myself.
2.An old lady was trembling with fear ___________________________ (to lead) into the room.
3.Everybody felt that in the farewell dinner there was sadness ___________________(to mingle)
with festivity.
4.They made a wish at a ___________________________(to fall) star.
5.Do you hear someone ______________________ (to cry) for help in the distance? I do.
6.There was a line _________________________(to lay) out to within a few blocks of his new
home, which interested him greatly.
7._____________________________(to remain) alone, he began to unpack his luggage.
8.She was staring at him with wide and ____________________________(to terrify) eyes.
9.His smile showed a row of ______________________________ (to flash) teeth.
10.__________________________(to tell) what to do, they will certainly try to help you.
11.___________________________(to judge) by appearance, he looked like a man whose life
was hard.
12.It was a letter _________________________ (to write) by someone in close touch with Celia.
13.__________________________ (to leave) a nice sum of money by her parents, she decided to
quit her job.
14.It was only a little bird ____________________________(to sing) outside his window.
15.___________________________(not to feel) guilty, he refused to apologize to us.
16.__________________________(to book) seats for everyone, he hurried to the platform.
17.She sat in the corner __________________________(to watch) her guests.
18.Houses _______________(to build) several years ago are not so comfortable as modern ones.
19.If ________________________ (not to give) instructions, he won’t do this work in time.
20.___________________________(to arrive) two days before the opening of the conference,
they had enough time to go sightseeing.

1.Не найдя друга дома, я оставил ему записку.
_______________________________________________________________________________
2.Закончив эксперимент, он всё ещё сомневался в его результатах.
114
_______________________________________________________________________________
3.Будучи запертой в красной комнате, Джейн кричала, пока не упала в обморок.
_______________________________________________________________________________
4.На столе лежал батон хлеба, разрезанный на 2 половинки.
_______________________________________________________________________________
5.Она обернулась и увидела Шелтона, стоящего в дверях.
_______________________________________________________________________________
6.Работа, начатая им, имеет важное значение.
_______________________________________________________________________________
7.Чувствуя себя плохо, он решил остаться дома.
_______________________________________________________________________________
8.Толпа наблюдала, как корабль уплывал прочь.
_______________________________________________________________________________
9.Они усыновили мальчика, потерявшего родителей в авиакатастрофе.
_______________________________________________________________________________
10.Так как цветы долго держали без воды, они завяли.
_______________________________________________________________________________

1.Мистер Томпсон, управляющий фирмой от лица своего босса, не имеет права тратить
деньги попусту.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
2.Внимательно изучив бумаги, он хочет, чтобы работа была выполнена в срок.
_______________________________________________________________________________
3.Не будучи доставленной вовремя, телеграмма заставила всех поволноваться.
_______________________________________________________________________________
4.Он видел, как она подходила к дому.
_______________________________________________________________________________
5.Всё получилось не так, как было задумано. Дом, принадлежавший обанкротившемуся
бизнесмену, был выставлен на продажу.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
6.Превысив дозволенную скорость, машина въехала в кювет и застряла там.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
7.Серьёзно пострадав в железнодорожной катастрофе, люди были вынуждены выполнять
указания врачей скорой помощи.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
8.Будучи оставленными на попечение отца, дети привыкли чинить сломанные игрушки.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
9.Довольный ответом студента, профессор не задал ему больше ни одного вопроса.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
10.Вещи, оставленные пассажирами, относят в бюро находок.
_______________________________________________________________________________
115
Revision: Gerund, Infinitive, Participle I , Participle II
Exercise 48. Open the brackets, putting the verb into the required form.
1. I narrowly avoided __________________________(to run down) by the bus as it came round
the corner.
2. At the start of his career, Cousteau invented the aqualung,_____________________ (to open)
the oceans to explorers, scientists and leisure divers.
3.On _________________(to enter) the room she found him (to absorb) _________________ in
a detective novel.
4. _____________________(to knock out) the pipe he inspected it as though it demanded all his
attention.
5. Most people ____________________(to live) in out-of-the-way places, when the mail comes,
tear open impatiently their papers.
6. I remember ____________________(to go) to the British museum one day_______________
(to read up) the treatment for some slight ailment.
7. She read his message and then went on ___________________(to sort out) the letters.
8. He was heard ___________________(to pace) up and down in his room long after the rest of
the family had gone to bed.
9. He denied _____________________(to pay) any money for ____________________(to give)
advice to the company.
10. She sat down on a __________________(to fall) tree and began _______________(to wait).
11. Joe resents _______________________(to treat) like a child.
12. Try ___________________(to forget) it. It isn’t worth ________________(to worry) about.
13. She gave me the impression of _______________________(to be) through much.
14.-Is Sue in the office?
-Yes, I saw her ____________________(to type) a report as I came in.
15. He deserves _________________(to give) an award for bravery.
16.-Did the police arrest the man?
-Yes, he admitted _________________(to steal) the car.
17. When __________________(to go) somewhere by plane I save a lot of time.
18. I regret ___________________(to tell) you that we cannot accept your offer.
19. She is used ______________________(to take) a shower in the morning.
20. Sally saw the advertisement of a play _________________(to act) at the neighbouring town.
21. ________________(to satisfy) with what he had achieved, Poirot took leave of his friend.
22. Sorry I’m late, I had _________________(to stop) ______________ (to pick up) the children
from school.
23. I tried ________________(to send) her flowers but she still wouldn’t speak to me.
24.-Did you remember _________________(to give) him the money?
-No, I still have it in my pocket.
25. _____________________(to send) often on business trips I have seen a lot of the country.
26. Marie stopped _______________________(to go) out with her friends when she started
____________________(to date) Richard.
27. Three nights later, Theresa ________________(to announce) that she would be out for the
evening, he arranged_________________ (to have) dinner with his mother.
28. In old times people used ___________________(to make) fire by __________________(to
rub) two sticks together.
29. Brenda can’t stand ____________________(to stay) in expensive hotels.
30. It’s no use _______________(to try) _____________(to make) her _____________(to do) it.
116
MODAL VERBS. MODAL VERB ‘CAN’
Meaning Example
a.ability Present: I can jump well. He can explain everything.
Past: could = to be able to
The boy (was able to) read at 4.
NB! to be able to ≠ could (succeed, manage)
They were able to read an old manuscript.
Future: to be able to
He will be able to go swimming when it gets warmer.
Perfect: to be able to
He has been able to play the piano since a child.
b.possibility due to You can see the forest through the other window.
circumstances
c.informal permission You can use my car tomorrow.
d.informal polite Can (Could) I borrow your phone?
request
e.astonishment and Present: Can he be ill? Can she be still working?
doubt NB! to avoid double negation
Can it be , that you don’t know their address?
Past: Can she have told us a lie? Can they have been waiting so long?
NB! to avoid double negation the verb to fail is used:
Can he have failed to find a job?
f.impossibility(negative Present: It can’t be so late. He can’t be sleeping.
only) NB! to avoid double negation
It can’t be that you don’t like him.
Past: I can’t have said. She can’t have been looking for a job for 2
years.
NB! to avoid double negation the verb to fail is used
I can’t have failed to warn them of our arrival.
g.suggestion (could) Present: -I need help in Maths.
-You could talk to your teacher.
Past: -I failed my Maths class.
-You could have turned to me for help.
h.less than 50% -Why isn’t John in class?
certainty Present: - He could be ill.
Past: - He could have fallen ill.
i.in Subjunctive Mood Present: I wish I could talk to him now.
Past: I wish I could have talked to him yesterday.
Exercise 49. Complete the sentences with can(can’t)/could(couldn’t) and one of the verbs -
hear, feel, see, smell and taste.
1.I _____________________ something burning. What do you think it is?
2.He opened his eyes, but to his horror he _____________________ nothing.
3.Through my study window I ________________________ mountains.
4.I ____________________ Susan practicing the piano next door: it sounds nice.
5.This isn’t my coffee-I ________________________ sugar in it.
6.He thought he _____________________ something crawling up his leg, but when he looked
he ____________________ anything.
7.Spring is coming: you ___________________ snowdrops in all the gardens.
8.I ________________________ the cats fighting in the kitchen: can you go and put them out?
117
Exercise 50. Fill in the gaps with can, can’t, could, couldn’t or to be able to.
1.We are busy this week but we _______________ repair it by next Thursday.
2.I ______________ swim across the river because it was harder than I expected.
3.He _____________ already walk when he was ten months old.
4.We wanted to go to the opera but we __________________ get tickets.
5.You _____________________ make good progress. Congratulations!
6.I __________ speak French really well when I lived in Paris.
7.As far as I __________ remember her birthday is in June.
8.He __________ draw or paint when he was a boy but now he is a famous artist.
9.__________ I have a word with your Dad?
10.Don’t sunbathe too long. It __________ damage your health.
11.I doubt he __________ work again. His injuries are so severe.
12.Peter has a computer that __________ fit into his jacket pocket.
13.When she was a manager she __________ take holidays whenever she wanted to.
14.When they buy a car, they _______________visit their friends more often.
15. When I arrived everyone was asleep. Fortunately I _____________ wake my sister and she let
me in.
Exercise 51. Fill in the gaps with can, can’t, could, couldn’t or to be able to.
1.Dogs __________bark but they __________ talk.
2.____________you pass the salt?
3.When is Megan’s birthday?
As far as I ________________ remember it is in June.
4.Tom told me that he ________________repair my car in 2 weeks’ time.
5.I don’t know how the cat ________________get through the window but it did.
6.I’m not quite ready, but you ______________ leave if you are in a hurry.
7.Last night Mark and I had an argument about politics. Finally I ___________convince him I was
right.
8.That race car ______________go very fast.
9.When I worked as a secretary I ______________type 60 words a minute without mistakes.
10.-What shall we do tomorrow?
-We __________go on a picnic.
11.Our baby is only 9 months old and he __________ already stand up.
12.Our teacher says we __________ speak English fluently in a few months.
13.You __________ go home until you’ve finished your composition.
14.Despite yesterday snowfalls we __________ drive home in less than an hour.
15.We’d like a house with a large garden. __________ you help us?
Exercise 52. Express strong doubt or impossibility in the Present.

1.Can it _______________(be) so late now?
2.Surely it can’t _____________(be) Jim. I know him quite well.
3.I’ll try to do it myself. It can’t _________________(be) so difficult after all.
4.It seems strange. Can somebody _______________(work) against us?
5.Can he _________________(sing) well? He has no ear for music.
6.Can she still ________________(talk) on the phone? She has been talking for 2 hours now.
7.He can’t _____________(be) as old as that. He looks much younger.
8.For several seconds he stared at her, terrified. “I can’t __________________(die).I don’t want to
die.”
9.Can the teacher ____________(satisfy) with your work? You’ve made so many mistakes.
10.She can’t ____________(know) him. They have never met before.
Exercise 53. Express strong doubt or impossibility in the Past.

1.He can’t ________________(leave) without saying good-bye. He is very polite.
118
2.Can he ____________(tell) the truth then?

3.But she can’t _______________(say) it. I am sure she didn’t mean it.
4.Who told you about it? You can’t ______________(know) about it before.
5.Could it ___________(be) a joke? She felt rather hurt.
6.You can’t _________________(see) him at the meeting. He was ill then.
7.I wonder where she is. She can’t __________________(stay) at her friend’s all this time.
8.You can’t _______________(see) him at the meeting. He was ill then.
9.Can he ______________(forget) your address? He has visited you several times.
10.Could they ______________(win) the game? They are just an amateur team.
Exercise 54. Use the verb ‘can’ in the correct form followed by the appropriate infinitive.
1.He _____________________(recite) long poems when he was six.
2.You ___________________(take) the books out of the reading hall.
3.If you had met him in the street, you ___________________(pass) him without taking notice.
4.He hated himself for his behavior but ___________________(do) nothing to alter it.
5.You _________________(do) it. I don’t believe it.
6.___________________(I/come) in for a moment?
7.___________________(she/work) all this time without any breaks?
8.I _________________(help) him but I didn’t know he needed my help.
9.Such problems ______________(solve) easily.
10.She ___________________(forget) what had happened the day before.
11.How _________________(work) in the garden now? It is already dark.
12.He wasn’t old. He _______________(be) more than forty.
13. If only we ___________get in touch!
14.She has a university education and __________________(make) a career for herself if she
hadn’t married.
15.________________________(she/still/sleep)? It seems to me they simply don’t want us to see
him.
Exercise 55. Use the verb ‘can’ in the correct form followed by the appropriate infinitive.
1.You __________________(forget). I don’t believe you.
2.What _____________________(Freddy/do) all this time? He has been gone for twenty minutes.
3.Say what you like, but the work _____________(do) in two days.
4.Mr Smith’s house was built on the top of the hill and ___________________(see) from afar.
5.He ________________(be) her father: he is too young.
6.If you had asked me for money I ____________________(lend) you some.
7. “Have you seen anything of Roberta lately?” “Not for ages. I don’t know what she
___________________(do).”
8.Before her illness she ______________(work) thirteen hours a day.
9.Why did you stay at home? You _________________(go) to the cinema.
10. I _____________ swim. I wish I _____________.
11.I am really hungry. I ___________________(eat) a horse.
12.Her face was quite unlined and she ____________________(be) more than thirty.
13.Her friend said quickly: “I know where you ________________(get) your bicycle fixed.”
14.Harry’s story disappointed him because if the girl had been with him at half past eight she
_____________________(be) at Hexley at the same time.
15. Have you a friend whom you __________________(trust)?
Exercise 56. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.

1.Ты мог бы перевести этот текст?
_______________________________________________________________________________
2.Эту книгу можно купить в любом магазине.
_______________________________________________________________________________
119
3.Он мог бы приехать на прошлой неделе. Он был не особенно занят.

_______________________________________________________________________________
4.Он не мог показать нам расчеты, так как они не были готовы.
_______________________________________________________________________________
5.Не может быть, чтобы она ошиблась.
_______________________________________________________________________________
6.Джилл не сможет ответить на все письма сегодня.
_______________________________________________________________________________
7.Неужели они ждали нас все это время?
_______________________________________________________________________________
8.Ричард уставился на письмо: «И откуда оно могло прийти?»
_______________________________________________________________________________
9.А как щенки? Можно мне посмотреть на них?
_______________________________________________________________________________
10.Мы слышали шум за дверью.
_______________________________________________________________________________
11.Несмотря на глубокую рану, пациент смог рассказать, что с ним случилось.
_______________________________________________________________________________
12.Не может быть, чтобы он не понял тебя.
_______________________________________________________________________________
13. «Неужели он мой сын?», - думала она, глядя на его седые волосы.
_______________________________________________________________________________
14.Я умел плавать, когда мне было 5 лет. Папа научил меня.
_______________________________________________________________________________
15.Как бы нам хотелось увидеть эти деревья!
_______________________________________________________________________________
Exercise 57. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.

1.Несмотря на то, что он был молодым неопытным врачом, он смог вылечить многих
шахтеров.
_______________________________________________________________________________
2.-Не могу найти ручку. Ты не знаешь, где она?
-Она может быть в сумке.
_______________________________________________________________________________
3.Неужели он стал известным актером? Он был таким ленивым в юности.
_______________________________________________________________________________
4.Мы так хотим пить. Ты не мог бы принести нам немного сока?
_______________________________________________________________________________
5.Не волнуйся! Ты можешь вернуть мне свой долг позже.
_______________________________________________________________________________
6.Не может быть, чтобы он не знал, как управлять фирмой после стольких лет работы.
_______________________________________________________________________________
7.Ах, если бы он был старше! Тогда бы его могли назначить на эту должность.
_______________________________________________________________________________
8.Он был так слаб, что не мог ни поднять головы, ни говорить.
_______________________________________________________________________________
9.-Я поехал в аэропорт на такси, и это обошлось мне в копеечку.
-Ты мог бы поехать на автобусе или попросить Фреда отвезти тебя на машине.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
10.Я чувствую запах горелого. Не мог бы ты спуститься на кухню и посмотреть?
_______________________________________________________________________________
11.Поторапливайся! Мы еще сможем успеть на поезд в 13.40.
120
_______________________________________________________________________________
12.Как жаль, что я не смогла узнать эти новости раньше них.
_______________________________________________________________________________
13.Не может быть, чтобы они не заметили нас. Мы были совсем рядом.
_______________________________________________________________________________
14.Ты не можешь судить о человеке по его внешности, ведь внешность обманчива.
_______________________________________________________________________________
15.Как бы мне хотелось, чтобы они смогли пожениться!
_______________________________________________________________________________
MODAL VERBS. MODAL VERB ‘MAY’

Meaning Example
a.permission May I smoke here? Do, please. Yes, you can. I’m afraid not. No,
you can’t. No, you mustn’t.
May or Can:
May(Can) I sit here? But: May I talk to the Dean?
You may park here.(I give you permission)
You can park here .(You have a right)
Past, Future, Perfect: to be allowed to
Last night I was allowed to stay up late longer than usual.
Will you be allowed to ride your brother’s bike?
She has never been allowed to go to parties.
In object clauses: might
He wondered, if he might join us.
b. possibility due to You may order a taxi by telephone. It may rain in the afternoon.
circumstances (May is used in the affirmative sentences and refers to the
Present and Future.
c. less than 50% certainty Present: He may think so. They may be still talking.
Past: She may have read the letter. They may have been working
since morning.
To express the negative supposition:
He may not have told the truth. She may have failed to get an
excellent mark. They may have never got acquainted.
May and Might
Why isn’t Mary here?
She may have got in a traffic jam or She might have forgotten .
d. reproach (might) Present: You might be more attentive.
Past: You might have told me the truth.
e. in Subjunctive Mood In simple sentences: May success attend you!
In subordinate clauses:
Present: Speak louder so that everyone may here you.
Past: She hurried home so that she might help her mother.
Exercise 58. Fill in the gaps with may, might, to be allowed to.
1.I think we _________ make a fire some distance away from the trees.
2.He _________________ join the yacht club as soon as he is through with his exams.
3.I wondered whether I __________ ask for a second helping.
4.You ___________ ring me up at any hour in the afternoon.
5.Be careful not to miss the turning, in this mist you ______________ pass it by.
6.Strange as it __________ seem we are not on speaking terms.
121
7.No sooner ___________ the children __________ leave the room than they rushed to the
playground.
8.___________ I ask you to repeat the rule?
9.He said that they _______________ smoke here.
10.Andrew ______________ leave school early yesterday because he wasn’t feeling well.
Exercise 59. Express uncertainty or reproach in the Present.

1.You might at least _____________(take) your younger brother for a walk sometimes.
2.He may ______________(still/live) in that house.
3.You may ______________(be) right.
4.They may ______________(arrive) here by the next train.
5.He may ______________(wait) for us at the station.
6.She might _______________(understand) it later.
7.He may _____________(work) on the report now.
8.Strickland is very ill. He may ____________(die).
9.In future you might ___________(try) to be a little more impolite.
10.-Why is Tom late?
-There may _________(be) a traffic jam or he might __________(not know) the way.
Exercise 60. Express uncertainty or reproach in the Past.

1.He may _______________(leave) a note for us.
2.You might ______________(call) on me last week. You knew that I was ill.
3.They may _______________(not receive) our message.
4.You might ______________(change) at the wrong station.
5.She may _________________(write) the book for two years now.
6.He might ________________(be) proud of his daughter but he never showed it.
7.You are becoming forgetful. You might _____________(remind) me about the meeting.
8.He may ______________(sleep) for 3 hours. It is time to wake him up.
9.You might _______________(wash) the dishes. You knew I would be absolutely exhausted.
10. I am not sure but we might ______________(go) to the same school.
Exercise 61. Use May/Might and the required form of the infinitive.
1.-Why are you whispering? We are alone.
- One never knows who _______________________(listen)!
2.-Who said Mr Sorrel had gone to America?
-He ______________________ (tell) it himself.
3.You’ve acquired a great deal of experience. You ___________________(write) a book.
4.Jack had the feeling that one day he __________________(break down).
5.He ____________________(warn) me he was going to be late.
6.Molly, do you know where Mum ______________(put) her address book?
7.I think we _______________(go) skiing to Austria next February.
8.Your letter ___________________(never, reach) him otherwise he would have answered.
9.There was no sign of John in the street. He ______________(detain) at the office.
10.Let’s talk it over, so that we ____________________(come) to a decision.
Exercise 62. Use May/Might and the required form of the infinitive.
1.-Why was Tom late for the lesson?
-He __________________(hold) up by a traffic jam in the centre.
2.___________________(I/leave) this with you?
3.What you tell me ___________________(not be) true.
4.Don’t turn on the light. This fellow ______________________(lurk) outside the house door.
5.They asked if they __________________(go) home.
6.That car nearly hit me; I _____________________(kill)!
122
7.______________(you/have) a very happy life!

8.He ________________(be) fat, but he can still run fast.
9. -Where is Val?
- I am not certain … I think he _______________(play) squash. Let’s go and see if I am right.
10.Your friend is hurt. You _______________(congratulate) her on her birthday!

1.Вы, возможно, встретите его на станции.
_______________________________________________________________________________
2.Давай позвоним Марку. Нам может понадобиться его совет.
_______________________________________________________________________________
3.Может быть, он уже ушёл.
_______________________________________________________________________________
4.Студенты могут получить эти книги в библиотеке.
_______________________________________________________________________________
5.-Можно мне здесь подождать? -Нет, нельзя.
_______________________________________________________________________________
6.Иногда отсюда можно видеть море.
_______________________________________________________________________________
7.Могли бы хоть сегодня вовремя прийти. Вечно Вы опаздываете.
_______________________________________________________________________________
8.Возможно, они не хотят видеть нас.
_______________________________________________________________________________
9.Вы, возможно, забыли свои перчатки дома.
_______________________________________________________________________________
10.Он сказал, что я могу обращаться к нему за помощью в любое время.
_______________________________________________________________________________
11.Ты был не так уж сильно занят. Ты мог бы нам помочь.
_______________________________________________________________________________
12.Спроси его, можно ли нам осмотреть лабораторию.
_______________________________________________________________________________
13.Они, возможно, работают над этой же проблемой.
_______________________________________________________________________________
14.Он мог бы сделать это для Вас. Ему это совсем не трудно.
_______________________________________________________________________________
15.Издалека дом можно было принять за небольшую гостиницу.
_______________________________________________________________________________
16.Она вернулась и сказала нам, что ей разрешили остаться у нас еще на час.
_______________________________________________________________________________
17.Боюсь, она может нас услышать. Давай отойдем.
_______________________________________________________________________________
18.Мог бы и не брать такси. До начала спектакля еще целых полчаса.
_______________________________________________________________________________

1.Мне кажется, что гроза может разразиться в любой момент.
_______________________________________________________________________________
2.Я подумал, что, если деньги были там, то и часы могли оказаться там же.
_______________________________________________________________________________
3.Она, возможно, работает над докладом уже давно.
_______________________________________________________________________________
4.Он, возможно, уже дома. Позвони ему, пожалуйста, и пригласи на наш концерт.
_______________________________________________________________________________
123
5.Я могу попросить Вас повторить это правило еще раз?

_______________________________________________________________________________
6.Я принес Вам большой ящик, чтобы Вы могли упаковать книги.
_______________________________________________________________________________
7.Водители могут двигаться здесь только со скоростью 60 км в час.
_______________________________________________________________________________
8.Вечно его можно увидеть только в ночных клубах.
_______________________________________________________________________________
9.Не беспокойся! Они не опоздают. Возможно, они будут здесь через несколько минут.
_______________________________________________________________________________
10.Пусть бы Вы всегда выглядели так, как сегодня.
_______________________________________________________________________________
11.Она была такой хорошей гувернанткой, что все подумали, что у нее, возможно, уже был
опыт работы с детьми.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
12.-Телефон занят уже целый час. Как ты думаешь, с кем он разговаривает?
-Не знаю. Может быть, с девушкой, а, может быть, с сестрой.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
13.Ей разрешат пойти домой через несколько дней.
_______________________________________________________________________________
14.-Можно я выпью еще чашку чая?
-Конечно. Вам с молоком или с лимоном?
_______________________________________________________________________________
15.Она была хорошей певицей, но сейчас она могла бы и не появляться на публике.
_______________________________________________________________________________
16.-Разрешите задать Вам вопрос?
- Да, пожалуйста.
_______________________________________________________________________________
17.Вы, возможно, слышали это имя.
_______________________________________________________________________________
18.Я спросил, могу ли я привести жену в субботу.
_______________________________________________________________________________
124
MODAL VERBS. MODAL VERB 'MUST'.

Meaning Example
a.obligation You must leave the room at once. You must work hard to succeed.
Past, Future – to have to
He had to (will have to) work hard to catch up with the group.
to have to – He has to get up early. How often do you have to go there?

circumstantial I didn’t have to pay.
necessity
They are to come here at 9 o’clock.
to be to – necessity as The plane is to take off in 5 minutes.
a result of
arrangement I felt nervous because I was soon to leave home for the first time.
to be to – past I was to have started work last week but I changed my mind.
to be to + perfect
infinitive (if the
expected event didn’t
happen)
b.prohibition You mustn’t make noise after 11 p.m.
(mustn’t) You needn’t worry. = don’t have to, don’t need to
Needn’t – the lack of Cf: You needn’t have done it – Вы знали, но сделали
necessity I didn't need to do it. – Я знал и не сделал
c.95% certainty Present: He must be angry. It must be raining.
Past: He must have got angry. It must have been raining.
To express negative supposition:
I’m sure (Evidently, Probably) they didn’t recognize me.
They must have failed to recognize me.
He must have misunderstood you.
No one must have told him about it.
He must never have guessed the truth.
Future: he is likely to come. He will probably come.
d.a piece of advice, an You must come and see us when you are in London.
invitation
should/ought to – It’s late. You should go to bed.

advisability You ought to try some.
ought to – moral
obligation At your age you ought to be earning your living.
should/ought to -
crtiticism You shouldn’t drink and drive. They ought to have apologized.
Exercise 65. Fill in the gaps with must, mustn’t, have to, don’t have to, to be to, needn’t
1.You ______________(bring) your books to class tomorrow, we are going to listen to a wireless
programme.
2.Children _______________(play) with matches.
3.It was late and they _______________(light) a fire to cook their supper.
4.She _______________(be married) next month.
5.We haven’t got much time. You _________________(decide) now.
6.You _______________(open) the window, the room is air-conditioned.
125
7.We _________________(be) there at 12 sharp.

8.Sooner or later we all _______________(pay) for what we do.
9.I was late for work this morning because I _______________(go) to the bank first.
10.You _________________(drink) alcohol while you drive.
11.Service is included. You ______________(leave) a tip.
12.Jim has given me a letter. I ________________(remember) to post it.
13.The chief engineer, who _______________(work) for General Motors, hasn’t arrived yet.
14.You ______________(take) the dog away. I won’t have it here any longer.
15.The man lost his way and _______________(drive) back half a mile.
16.You _______________(strike) a match; I can see well enough.
17.He has a lung problem and he _____________(go) to hospital every two weeks.
18.His last bus _______________(leave) in an hour and he left early not to miss it.
19.Sunday is her day-off, so she ________________(get) up early.
20.You ______________(come and visit) us. It would be nice to see you again.
Exercise 66. Fill in the gaps with must, mustn’t, have to, don’t have to, to be to, needn’t
1.Students ____________________(talk) to each other during the exam.
2.This is a valuable book. You ________________(look) after it carefully.
3.He ________________(stay) the night with us because I won’t let him go out in such stormy
weather.
4.At this boarding school the discipline is rather strict: the children ________________(go) to bed
at 8 o’clock.
5.My car was being repaired so I ______________(walk) that morning.
6.You ________________(finish) that report tonight if you’re too tired. Midday tomorrow is the
deadline.
7.I am feeling really unfit. I ________________(do) more exercise.
8.He repaired my old watch so I ________________(buy) a new one after all.
9.The concert ________________(start) at 7 sharp.
10.My eyesight isn’t very good. I __________________(wear) glasses.
11.You _________________(keep) medicines where children can get them.
12.-Can we meet on Tuesday morning?
-Sorry, no. I ________________(go) to the dentist at 11 o’clock.
13.You _________________(introduce) me to Dr Gray. We’ve already met.
14.You ________________(drive) on the left in England.
15.I had left my key at home, and my servant ______________(let) me in.
16.To work with method one ______________(begin) from the beginning.
17.The next afternoon there ______________(be) an attack up the river.
18.I am glad the lessons will begin later now. The children ________________(get) up early.
19.You ________________(stare) at people like that. It’s impolite.
20.Jim _______________(make) a speech at the meeting, but he had fallen ill, so Tom
_____________________(speak) instead.

1.Извини, что опоздал. Мне надо было предупредить маму, чтобы меня не ждали к ужину.
___________________________________________________________________________
2.Она сказала, в какое время мы должны прийти и просила не опаздывать.
___________________________________________________________________________
3.Мы можем не спешить. У нас достаточно времени.
___________________________________________________________________________
4.Мне не пришлось запирать дверь. Это кто-то уже сделал.
___________________________________________________________________________
5.Мы должны встретиться на мосту Ватерлоо в 6 часов вечера.
___________________________________________________________________________
126
6.Ты должна одеться в самое лучшее. Я хочу, чтобы ты произвела на всех впечатление.
___________________________________________________________________________
7.Мне предстоит завтра сделать доклад.
___________________________________________________________________________
8.Джонни, ты не должен играть с острыми ножами.
___________________________________________________________________________
Exercise 68. Fill in the blanks with needn’t have done or didn’t need to do.
1.I _____________________(phone) the mechanic. I learnt later that Michael had already phoned
him.
2.I bought a new car last year, but then a month later I won one in a competition. So I
_____________________(spend) all that money.
3.Claire ________________(bring) the tape because we had told her we had plenty of them.
4.I ________________(cook) a meal last night because we went out and the food I had prepared
stayed uneaten.
5.I got a lift to the station, so I _______________ (take) a taxi after all.
6.You _______________________(type) this – a handwritten note would have been quite
adequate.
7.I __________________(wake) her up because she was awake before me.
8.My husband had paid the plumber, so I _________________(pay) him the money.
9.Ann _____________(buy) any eggs as on coming home she found that she had plenty of them.
10. Chris and June phoned to say that they couldn’t come to eat, so I ________________(cook)
dinner.
Exercise 69. Express certainty in the Present.

1.He looks intelligent. He must __________________(be) a good chess player.
2.They must ___________________(still/play) football.
3.Where is Peter? He is neither at home nor at school.
- Oh, he must _______________________ (train) at the stadium.
4.- Who is your teacher?
- I think his name is Mr Rock.
- Mr Rock? You must __________________(mean) Mr Stone.
5.Jim is eating everything in the salad but the onions. He must ______________(hate) onions.
6.The Browns have never been early risers. They must _______________(still/sleep).
7.Look! The people are leaving the theatre. The play must ______________(be) over.
8.It’s 8 o’clock. He must _______________ (wait) for you outside.
9.She is talking about her child all the time. She must ______________(adore) her.
10.George must ________________(please) that he has passed the examination.
Exercise 70. Express certainty in the Past.

1.He is a very experienced surgeon. He must ______________________(work) for 10 years.
2.Paula fell asleep in class this morning. She must ____________________(stay) up too late.
3.She speaks English better than she did last year. She must ______________(practice) a lot.
4.She went red in the face. She must _________________(get) offended.
5.They must ________________(change) the programme for another film was announced.
6.What a shower! The water is streaming down the street. It must _______________(rain) for
some hours now.
7.His results are brilliant. He must ___________________(play) hockey since childhood.
8.I found this baby bird at the foot of the tree. It must _____________(fall) from a nest.
10.The taxi-driver got to the airport in half an hour. He must ____________(drive) very fast.
Exercise 71. Express certainty in the Future.

1.You are too poorly dressed for a frosty day. __________________(you/catch) a cold.
127
2.We have sent you the goods seafreight. They _________________(deliver) in a week.
3.I am going to redecorate the bathroom. ___________________(it/cost) you a fortune!
4.Jane works very hard. She __________________(win) a scholarship.
5.Bob is a football fan. ____________________(he/go) to the stadium tonight.
Exercise 72. Fill in the gaps with the required form of the Infinitive.
1.My favourite magazine doesn't come in the mail anymore. I must _________________(forget)
to renew my subscription.
2.Janice’s number is still engaged. She must _________________(talk) all the morning.
3.I think I know why my boss is angry with me. I must _______________(post) the letter.
4.As far as I know they must _______________(do) the experiment now.
5.I sat on a seat in the park and now my coat is covered with green stripes. The paint must
_________________(be) wet.
6.He never got the letter. It must _______________(send) to the wrong address.
7.Look! There is light in Mary’s windows. She must _________________(be) at home.
8.Their company has gone bankrupt. We _________________ (get) paid for our work.
9.They go to the library once a fortnight. They must _______________(have) few books at home
10.He looks very tired. He must _________________(work) since breakfast.
Exercise 73.Translate the following sentences. Mind the negative sentences.

1.Должно быть, она свободно говорит по-английски.
_______________________________________________________________________________
2.По-видимому, он унёс бумаги с собой.
_______________________________________________________________________________
3.Вероятно, он ничего не знает об этом.
_______________________________________________________________________________
4.Должно быть, у неё нет опыта.
_______________________________________________________________________________
5.Она, должно быть, гостит у своих друзей.
_______________________________________________________________________________
6.Он, наверное, играет в эту компьютерную игру уже два года.
_______________________________________________________________________________
7.Они, наверное, закончат писать сочинение через полчаса.
_______________________________________________________________________________
8.Вы ужасно выглядите. Должно быть, Вам не удалось хорошо отдохнуть летом.
_______________________________________________________________________________
9.По-видимому, дождь идёт с самого утра.
_______________________________________________________________________________
10.Должно быть, они не придут сегодня.
_______________________________________________________________________________
Exercise 74. Fill in the blanks with should/shouldn’t, ought to/oughtn’t to and the correct
form of the Infinitive.
1.She looks bad. She ___________________(be) more careful about her health.
2.You __________________(miss) the chance. It was a brilliant opportunity for you.
3.The government _________________(take) care of elderly people.
4.You ________________(apologize) when you saw that her feelings were hurt.
5.She is a very experienced doctor. You _________________(consult) her.
6.You __________________(say) such things in the child’s presence. Now you see the results.
7.You _______________(make) so much noise. We’ll be asked to leave otherwise.
8.He really __________________(tell) his brother about this deal. It was supposed to be
absolutely confidential.
128
9.It seems to me that he is a hot-tempered person and often flies into a rage because of mere trifles.
He ______________(control) his temper.
10.You ____________________(watch) that film on TV last night. It’s a classic.
11.Profits ___________________(divide) among the shareholders.
12.Al painted his room black and now it looks dark and dreary. He ________________(choose) a
different colour.
Exercise 75. Translate the following sentences, using must(n’t), should(n’t), ought(n’t) to,
(not) to have, to be to, needn’t, didn’t need to
1.Мы всегда должны всё делать вовремя.
_____________________________________________________________________________
2.Не нужно брать такси. Это в десяти минутах ходьбы отсюда.
_____________________________________________________________________________
3.Это секрет. Его нельзя было никому рассказывать.
_____________________________________________________________________________
4.Мы провели чудесный вечер. Тебе надо было там быть.
_____________________________________________________________________________
5.Нельзя курить в метро.
_____________________________________________________________________________
6.Прогноз погоды был хороший, и я знала, что не нужно было брать с собой зонт.
_____________________________________________________________________________
7.У вас много ошибок. Нужно больше внимания уделять грамматике.
_____________________________________________________________________________
8.Ты, вероятно, с нетерпением ждёшь каникул.
_____________________________________________________________________________
9.Бабушка плохо себя чувствует, и я должна сходить в аптеку.
_____________________________________________________________________________
10.Джек, скорее всего, не помнит меня.
_____________________________________________________________________________
11.Они, очевидно, пришлют нам свой новый адрес.
_____________________________________________________________________________
12.Нельзя читать письма, которые не тебе адресованы.
_____________________________________________________________________________
13.Мы должны были встретиться сегодня, но мой друг заболел.
_____________________________________________________________________________
14.Вы, вероятно, располагаете большим количеством времени. Вы всё делаете медленно.
_____________________________________________________________________________
15.Он наверняка ничего не знал о Вашем отъезде, иначе он бы пришёл Вас проводить.
_____________________________________________________________________________
16.Концерт должен начаться в 7 часов.
_____________________________________________________________________________
17.Мне было так жарко, что я был вынужден выпить целую бутылку воды.
_____________________________________________________________________________
18.Не нужно зажигать свет. На улице ещё светло.
_____________________________________________________________________________
19.Дождя нет. Не нужно было брать зонт.
_____________________________________________________________________________
20.Ты думаешь, мне следует принять его предложение о работе?
_____________________________________________________________________________
Exercise 76. Fill in the gaps with modal verbs and their equivalents.
1.When I was a child I _____________ understand adults, and now that I’m an adult, I
___________________ understand children.
129
2.A notice in the picture gallery: Everybody _______________leave umbrellas downstairs.

3.Last night Don became ill suddenly and we _________________call a doctor.
4.His last bus ________________ leave in an hour and if he doesn’t hurry, he will miss it.
5.He wondered if he __________________wear shorts to work in summer.
6.You ________________drink this; it’s poison.
7.On a climb there was a difficult section, but Julie ________________ reach it by standing on her
friend’s shoulders.
8.-I’m afraid I’ve made a mistake.
-You _____________ worry. To err is human.
9.He ____________ go his own way if he likes.
10.You _________________get more exercise. Why don’t you play tennis?
11.You’ve put too much in your rucksack; you ______________ carry all that.
12.We _______________ put on our best clothes when we go to the countryside.
13._________________ you come a little earlier?
14.One ______________ think you have never borrowed money.
15.My eyesight is not very good. I _____________ wear glasses for reading.
16.I _____________ take a day-off whenever I want.
17.You ________________ break the promise you have given.
18.______________ you always look the way you do today!
19.When I was young I _______________ climb any tree in the forest.
20.Soldiers ______________ wear uniforms when they are off duty.
Exercise 77. Fill in the gaps with modal verbs and their equivalents.
1.He was wondering if he ______________ visit the pilot’s cabin without the steward’s
permission.
2.Mrs Wilson is fond of languages. She __________________ speak German and French. Now
she is learning Spanish. She hopes she _________________speak it by the end of the course.
3.He doesn’t like his new job – sometimes he _________________work at weekends.
4.You’d better take a sweater. It _______________ get cool at night.
5.You _________________steal things. It’s naughty.
6.I’m stuck in. I __________________ get out.
7.He _________________ wear a suit to work but he usually does.
8.Although the sailors were badly hurt they _________________ explain what had happened.
9.There was a lift in the building, so we _____________________ climb the stairs.
10.___________________ I have a word with your Dad?
11.You ________________ eat so many sweets. They are bad for your teeth.
12._______________ you experience the same feeling!
13.Application forms _________________ be returned to the office within 15 days.
14.I’m not sure that it ______________ be done.
15.The teacher _______________ treat all her pupils alike.
16.You _______________ keep the promise you’ve given.
17.You _______________ whisper. Nobody _______________ hear us.
18.They ______________ keep the Roman coins they found in the garden.
19.Candidates ____________ write in ink and answer 4 questions.
20.________________ you never know what grief is!
Exercise 78.Fill in the gaps with modal verbs and their equivalents.
1.Passengers ______________fasten their seat belts for take-off and landing.
2.The fire spread through the building very quickly but everybody ___________ escape.
3.No part of this book ___________ be reproduced without the publisher’s permission.
4.I got lost and ___________ ask a policeman the way.
5.The meeting ____________ begin in 15 minutes.
6.You _____________ make international phone calls from hotels as they are too expensive.
130
7.One ____________ park near a zebra crossing.

8.Jack has got a beard, so he ____________ shave.
9.if you see a stranger burgle into the next door house, you ___________ call the police.
10.___________ you always be happy!
11.____________ you stand on your head?
12.The police ___________ ask a driver to take a breath test.
13.My Dad ______________ wear glasses since he was a child.
14.I do hope he ____________ do exactly as he likes otherwise he’ll be spoilt.
15.Mr Jones is out at the moment. ____________ you ring back later?
16.It’s difficult to make out your handwriting. You ____________ make it readable.
17.Julie is taking a typing course. Soon she ____________ type 60 words a minute.
18.he told me I ______________ use his office whenever I liked.
19._____________ I see your passport, please?
20. As I was feeling sick yesterday, I _____________ eat anything.
Exercise 79. Open the brackets. Give the correct form of the infinitive after a modal
verb.(MV). Mind the negative forms.
1.I like the room but they ______________________(MV; to paint) the walls white.
2.Sally has flunked every test so far this semester. She _____________________(MV; to study)
very hard.
3.They say she married Tom. ___________________________(the news /MV; to be) true?
4.-Where is Sam?
-Look into the canteen. He __________________________(MV; to have) a snack there.
5.Carol knows a lot about films. She _________________(MV; to go) to the cinema quite often.
6.-Who do you think is going to win the game tomorrow?
-Well, our team has better players, so we_____________________ (MV; to win), but you
never know.
7.You ________________________(MV; to look up) his phone number. I have got it right here.
8.David missed many classes, but he is working very hard now. He _______________________
(MV; to catch up with) the group soon.
9.They ____________________________(MV; to recognize) me. I haven’t changed at all.
10.Here you are at last. You ________________________________(MV; to come) earlier.
11.I hear the rain beat against the window pane. It _________________________(MV; to pour).
12.We _______________________(MV; to run across) one another in the war, but I’m not sure.
13.You _______________________(MV; to buy) any bread. I’ve already bought some.
14.You ________________________________(MV; to see) him at the meeting. He was ill.
15.I thought I had a dollar in my wallet, but I don’t. I ____________________(MV; to spend) it.
16.I _______________________________(MV; to start) work last week but I changed my mind.
17.___________________________(they /MV; to get lost)? We’ve given them clear directions.
18.It’s a shame you devote so little time to the child. You ____________________(MV; to give)
him more attention.
19.If it hadn’t started snowing, they __________________________(MV; to go) to the ski slope.
20.When the teacher called Tim in class yesterday, he didn’t respond. He kept looking out of the
window. He _________________________(MV; to daydream).
Exercise 80. Open the brackets. Give the correct form of the infinitive after a modal
verb.(MV) .Mind the negative forms.
1.-Put some sugar into the cranberry jam before eating.
-It ____________________________(MV; to be) really so sour? I thought it was rather sweet.
2.I’m hot. I ____________________________(MV; to put on) this thick coat.
3.They ____________________________(MV; to take) all the necessary steps, but I’m not sure.
4.You ___________________________(MV; to say) it. She was very upset by your remarks.
5.I’ve been trying to get Timmy into bed for the past hour, but he is still playing with his toys.
131
He __________________________(MV; to be) sleepy.

6.-How much does her new coat cost, I wonder?
-Oh, it ___________________________(MV; to cost) a lot. It is lined with fur.
7.He ___________________________(MV; to go) home. His briefcase is here.
8.In my view this accident ______________________________(MV; to prevent).
9.He really ________________________(MV; to help) the girl. She needed so much assistance.
10.She wasn’t at home when we went to visit her. She _____________________(MV; to study)
at the library.
11.I _________________________(MV; to ask) the way to Lewes since I had been here before.
12.There _____________________(MV; to be) any milk left – I would have seen it in the fridge.
13.Why blame her? She _____________________________(MV; to know) it was urgent.
14.Michaelangelo _______________________(MV; to do) nothing about the statue. People saw
no changes.
15.We _________________________(MV; to meet) again but I never found the time.
16.-What time do you expect Jack?
-He _______________________________(MV; to come) home around nine or so.
17.She ______________________________(MV; to pay) for everything? She had no money.
18.He hasn’t got in touch with them since he left. Tell him he __________________(MV; to be)
more thoughtful about his friends.
19.Let’s take some food. We _________________________(MV; to return) very late.
20.No one came to meet him. He _____________________(MV; to write) to them of his arrival
in due time.
Exercise 81. Translate the following situations into English, using modal verbs.
1.Неужели эта машина стоит 18,000 долларов? Не может быть, чтобы она была такой
дорогой.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
2.Нам следует позвонить в полицию. Возможно, с ними что-то случилось.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
3.Не может быть, чтобы я потерял зонтик. Вероятно, я оставил его дома.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
4.Мы, скорее всего ,вернёмся поздно. Нам следует взять побольше еды.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
5.-Неужели Джек так и не подошёл к тебе?
-Нет. Возможно, он меня не узнал.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
6.Вам не следовало обижаться. Не может быть, чтобы он действительно хотел причинить
Вам боль.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
7.Извини. Мне следует вернуться к гостям. Скажи ему, что он мог бы и предупредить
меня об их приезде заранее.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
8.Эта статья, возможно, покажется вам сложной. Вам бы следовало принести словари.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
9.Он, должно быть, ещё спит. Очевидно, он забыл завести будильник.
132
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
10.Вам следует извиниться. У них, возможно, есть все основания, чтобы чувствовать себя
неловко.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
Exercise 82. Translate the following situations into English, using modal verbs.
1.Зря она волновалась из-за интервью. Она была на порядок лучше всех кандидатов.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
2.-Не сердись на неё. Она, возможно, сделала это по ошибке.
-Ей следует быть более внимательной.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
3.Вы, должно быть, не читали его новую книгу. Обязательно купите её. Возможно, она
покажется Вам интересной.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
4.Не может быть, чтобы она вышла замуж за Джона. Она никогда не любила его. Этот
брак, скорее всего, распадётся.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
5.Вы же могли заболеть. Хорошо бы Вам было посоветоваться с лечащим врачом перед
поездкой на юг.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
6.Неужели он купил мобильный телефон всего за 20 долларов? Наверное, он
подержанный.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
7.-Ты, должно быть, не получил моего письма?
-Могла бы отправить телеграмму.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
8.Ваше лицо кажется мне знакомым. Мы, наверное, где-то встречались.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
9.Не может быть, чтобы учитель был доволен результатами нашего экзамена. Нам бы
следовало получше подготовиться к нему.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
10.Неужели некоторые люди до сих пор принимают анальгин от головной боли? Не может
быть, чтобы они не читали газет. Это же очень вредное лекарство.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
133
GENERAL REVISION.
Exercise 83. Open the brackets putting the verb in brackets into the correct form.
1.-____________________________(you /to excite) about your trip?
- Yes. This time next week I ___________________________(to sail) across the Atlantic.
-Remember ______________________(to send) your boss a postcard.
If you ________________(not to do) it, he ________________________(to get) upset.
2.-__________________________(you /to see) the Cup Final yesterday?
-Oh, yes. I can’t even forget _____________________________(to watch) our team
__________________(to score) the winning goal in the last seconds of the game.
-If I ____________________________(not to stay) at the office, I
_____________________(to see) it too.
-You ____________________________(MV; to see) it in the morning tomorrow.
3.-He ______________________(to promote) in 1995 and _____________________(to go on)
______________________(to become) a company director.
-If he ________________________(not to have) entrepreneurial skills,
he _______________________________ (never/ to make) such a wonderful career.
-I wish you _________________________(to get) acquainted with him.
You _____________________(MV; to fall) under the spell of his charming personality.
4.- I ___________________________(just /to return) from my business trip to Germany and
________________________(not to feel) like _______________________ (to go)
anywhere else.
-If you _______________________(to travel) by plane and not by train, you
_____________________(not to be) so exhausted. You always ______________________
(to save) money.
-I _________________________(not to want) ____________________ (to misunderstand).
It’s not a question of money. I can’t but ______________________(to feel) airsick.
5.-________________________________(your tooth/ really /to hurt)?
-Yes. I ________________________(to see) the dentist tomorrow.
-If you _________________________(not to eat) so many sweets, you ___________________
(not to have) _______________________(to go) to the dentists’ so often.
6.Hardly _________________________________(I /to enter) the room, when he
_________________________(to tell) me that I __________________________(to wait for). It
_________________________(to be) a courier who _______________________(to give) me
a note, which _____________________(to say): “ We regret ___________________(to inform)
you that your loan _____________________(not to approach).”
7.- I wish Alex ______________________(to be) with us.
- I’m afraid it’s not possible. He ______________________(to be) in hospital.
He _______________________(to treat) for a bad burn on his arm.
-What ________________________(to happen)?
-When he ________________________(to put out) the fire he couldn’t avoid
_________________(to hurt) by a falling beam.
8.Doctors speculated that one of the patients _____________________(MV; to lose) memory.

He ______________________(to find) in a nearby café.
9.-_________________________(you /MV; to work) without days-off?
-You see, our committee_________________________ (to try) ____________________
(to raise) money ________________________(to buy) a new life boat for several months
now. By the end of the year we ____________________________(to send out) 5,000 letters
_______________________(to ask) for contribution.
10.-Where ______________________(Alan /to get) ____________________ this new guitar?
He ____________________(not to have) enough money even _____________________
(to buy) a loaf of bread every day.
-It ______________________(MV; to give) to him as a birthday present. Yesterday
_____________________(to be) his birthday.
134
Exercise 84. Open the brackets, putting the verb into the correct form.
1.We still _____________________(to remember) ____________________ (to get) lost in
the forest last year. We _________________________(to walk) for 2 or 3 hours when we
_________________________ (to realize) we _____________________________(to lose).
We wished we ___________________________ (to take) a compass.
2.By the end of the week we __________________________(to wait) 2 weeks for our telephone
_________________________ (to repair). If we ___________________(to pay) the bill in time, it
____________________________(never /to cut off).
3.-I wish she ______________________(to stop) ____________________ (to talk) . If she
________________________(to go on) ____________________ (to talk) for at least another
twenty minutes, I _______________________(MV; to be) late for my music class.
-A new grammar rule ___________________________(to explain) now. She
_________________________(to want) all of us ____________________(to understand) it.
4.-Look! It _________________________(to snow).
-It’s beautiful. This is the first time I ______________________(to see) snow.
-I wish I ______________________ (to live) in the country where it __________________
(not to snow) at all.
5.When they _______________________(to introduce) to each other he
______________________(to think) that they ___________________________ (MV; to meet)
earlier, because her face _________________________(to seem) familiar to him.
6.It _____________________(to rain) all day. I wonder when it ___________________(to stop).
If it ________________________(not to rain) every other day, people
_______________________ (to smile) more often.
7.Small children who ________________________(to witness) Halley’s Comet in 1986
_________________________ (MV; to see) it again when it ___________________(to appear).
8.-We regret ______________________(to inform) you that the vandals
___________________________ (not to catch) yet.
-Crime _________________________(MV; to continue) ____________________ (to rise)
unless more police ________________________(to put) on the streets.
9.-He ___________________________(always, to wear) such outrageous clothes!
-It’s his usual way of _________________________(to make) people
_______________________(to notice) him. But he can’t even imagine
___________________________(to laugh at).
10.- You ______________________(to be) a sensible person. You ____________________
(MV, to act) in such a silly way then.
- If I _____________________(not to refuse) his help a year ago, I ___________________
(not to cry) now.
Exercise 85. Translate the following situations from Russian into English.
1.-Вы слышали последние новости? Вчера, когда преступника перевозили из одной тюрьмы
в другую, он сбежал. Как бы мне хотелось, чтобы его поскорее поймали.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
2.-Его часто принимают за его брата-близнеца.
-А он не может скрыть свое раздражение. Братья считают себя абсолютно разными, но в
действительности их легко перепутать. Жаль, что Вы не знакомы с ними обоими.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
3.-Не может быть, чтобы вы были такими рассеянными. Кто из вас оставил дверь
открытой? Не допускайте этого впредь.
135
-Я помню, как закрывал дверь. Я никогда не забываю закрывать её и не понимаю, как

это могло случиться.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
4.-Вы знаете, что завтра будет 20 лет, как ваша мама работает в школе? На вашем месте я
бы устроил вечеринку.
-Не думаю, что она одобрит эту идею. Она не любит, когда по поводу неё так суетятся.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
5.-Я чуть не опоздала на самолёт. Все остальные пассажиры уже поднялись на борт к тому
времени, как я добралась туда.
-Неужели нельзя было выехать пораньше? Ты вечно опаздываешь. Некрасиво заставлять
людей ждать тебя.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
6.-Джон помог тебе вчера убрать квартиру?
-Конечно, нет. Когда он приехал, всё уже было сделано. Если он ещё раз попытается
улизнуть от выполнения своих обязанностей, он будет наказан.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
7.-Он, должно быть, очень нервничал на церемонии. Он ждал этого момента всю жизнь.
-Его имя становится всё более популярным. Если бы он не снял этот фильм, люди бы не
узнали, насколько он талантлив.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
8.-Возможно, они приедут на следующей неделе.
-Мне бы хотелось, чтобы меня предупредили заранее. Комнаты нужно убрать.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
9.-Мистер Дункан не помнит, куда положил газонокосилку после того, как закончил
подстригать газон.
-Жаль, что у него такая плохая память. Если бы он принимал витамины, его память была
бы намного лучше.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
10.-Не входите в аудиторию. Там экзаменуют студентов.
-Но я же из этой группы.
-Вам следовало прийти вовремя. Меня проинструктировали никого не впускать до
13.00.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
136
Exercise 86. Translate the following sentences from Russian into English.
1.Многие звёзды подумывают о том, чтобы нанять телохранителей для защиты. Нельзя не
волноваться, когда к тебе подходят поклонники, чтобы взять автограф.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
2 - Я хочу, чтобы Вы ему позвонили. Возможно, нам понадобится его помощь.
- Но Вы же в этом не уверены. Не стоит отвлекать человека по пустякам.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
3.Не может быть, чтобы эта была такая сложная машина. Я помню, как мне объясняли, как с
ней обращаться. Если бы мне дали сейчас инструкцию, я бы сразу разобрался.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
4.Жаль, что я не знаю Джонсонов. Мне хочется, чтобы меня им представили. Я надеюсь
что это произойдёт завтра, так как наш общий знакомый приезжает сегодня вечерним
поездом.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
5.-К сожалению, я не знаю, будет ли завтра идти снег. Если будет, то матч отменят. Вы не
слышали прогноз погоды на завтра?
-Ещё нет. Я сейчас включу радио. Выпуск новостей, очевидно, начнётся через 5 минут.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
6.-Я так беспокоюсь за наш проект.
-Не беспокойтесь. Когда Вы вернётесь из отпуска, он уже будет сдан.
-Спасибо вам. Не могу поверить, что завтра в это время я буду загорать на пляже.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
7.Лёжа на больничной койке, Боб был рад видеть своего дядю, входящего в комнату.
После краткого разговора дядя сказал : « Жаль, что я пришёл к тебе. На твоём месте,
я был бы повежливее с посетителями.»
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
8.-Она давно здесь работает?
-Да, в следующем месяце будет уже 10 лет, как она здесь работает. Как бы мне хотелось,
чтобы её повысили в должности.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
9.-Ты не против, что я тебе так поздно звоню? Ты не забыл полить цветы?
-Я собирался сделать это завтра. Земля достаточно сырая, чтобы её так часто
увлажнять.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
10.-Жаль, что банк закрыт. Если бы мы пришли пораньше, то смогли бы поменять деньги.
137
-Это твоя вина. Мы могли бы выйти из дома на час раньше. Ты так привыкла ,что тебя
ждут, что ты впустую тратишь много времени.
-Если ты не перестанешь ко мне придираться, мы поссоримся.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
138
Учебное издание
Александрова Юлия Геннадьевна
LIGHTHOUSE Часть 2
Учебное пособие для школьников 11 класса лицея 1574
Подписано в печать 06.12.11. Формат бумаги 60X90 1/8

Гарнитура Times New Roman. Тираж 35 экз.
Заказ № 3114
Отпечатано во Всероссийской академии внешней торговли

Минэкономразвития России. 119285, г. Москва, ул. Пудовкина, 4а.
Тел. (499) 143-1235,

e-mail : info@vavt.ru,
http://www.vavt.ru

11 класс Ч2

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

11 класс Ч2

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

ВСЕРОССИЙСКАЯ АКАДЕМИЯ

Учебное пособие для школьников

Одобрено Редакционно-издательским Советом ВАВТ

Учебное пособие ‘Lighthouse’ предназначено для учащихся 11 класса и

©ВАВТ Минэкономразвития России, 2011.

Topic 7. Fashion and Design................................................. 5

TOPIC 7. FASHION AND DESIGN.

A. Where there is no real practical need for it.

A Men are nervous about clothes.

4. You and Your Clothes. Answer the questions.

Journalist: Could you tell me what image you’re trying to achieve?

How long have you had it?

9. Match the expressions to these definitions:

1. One of the things that Isadora remembers about her mother is

2. What did the shop assistants expect Isadora’s mother to want?

A which changed the way many people looked and felt

13. Answer the questions:

1 A prove B do C make D provide

♫15. You are going to listen to two people:

1. What is the Spanish government ultimately trying to achieve?

2. Who is ahead of them in terms of fashion design?

3. What are the Spanish doing to show their advances in fashion?

4. What is lacking in the Spanish fashion industry?

5. What are the people involved in fashion afraid of?

6. What have some fashion designers started to do?

7. Why are a lot of fashion businesses finding it hard to make partnerships?

ARE TODAY’S TEENAGERS VICTIMS OF FASHION?

A survey among the 1.300 pupils at Caldicot Comprehensive School,

THE DAILY TELEGRAPH

THE LLOYDS BANK FASHION CHALLENGE

Brief: The brief is _____________________ two outfits for a favourite Design

23. Answer the questions:

24. Comment on the following statement:

TOPIC 8. LEISURE TIME. ENTERTAINMENT. MUSIC.

A The main thing is enjoying friends’ company

3. Answer the following questions:

1 A presently B at the moment C now D at this time

1. Why were some fans near to tears?

d) make a solemn promise that you will do something

13. Comment on the following statement:

THE POWER OF MUSIC

16. Answer the questions:

A. which we call classical music

A Bit of Singing and Dancing

1. According to the text, Esme

2. The text lacks mentioning that

3. After her mother’s death Esme

4. She decided to let Mr Curry live in her house because

5. Mr Curry wanted to live in her house because

6. Esme was curious of

Music – a universal language

1 A halls B tunes C musicians D artists

8 A promotion B discovery C tendency D survival

21. Comment on the following statement:

Write 200-250 words.

A. Has fame changed you as a person?

TALKING TO ELTON JOHN

25. Answer the following questions:

A and this became their new name

ABBA. THEIR STORY

How did it all start?

Why were Abba so successful?

Why did they break up?